Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Johnson Controls International

Johnson Controls International

jci · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker jci
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Johnson Controls International
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents  

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10–K  
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 

OF 1934 

For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2012  

OR  

(cid:3) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934 

For The Transition Period From              To               

Commission File Number 1-5097  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Wisconsin 
(State of Incorporation) 

5757 North Green Bay Avenue  
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  
(Address of principal executive offices) 

39-0380010 
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.)  

53209 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  
(414) 524-1200  

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:  

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock 
Corporate Units 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes    

    No   (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   

(cid:3)     No     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes        No   (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive 

Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes        No   (cid:3)  

      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be 

contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   (cid:3)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See the 

definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer     
Non-accelerated filer     (cid:3)   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

   (cid:3) 
   Accelerated filer 
   Smaller reporting company     (cid:3) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   (cid:3)     No    

As of March 31, 2012, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was 

approximately $22.1 billion based on the closing sales price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. As of October 31, 2012, 
683,797,753 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 7/18 per share, were outstanding.  

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on 
January 23, 2013 are incorporated by reference into Part III.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

   
   
         
  
Table of Contents  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K  

Year Ended September 30, 2012  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS FOR FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION 

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS  
ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS  
ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  
ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES  
ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  
ITEM 4.     MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  

   EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT  

PART I. 

PART II. 

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

    Page   

      3    

      3    

      7    

      14    

      15    

      18    

      19    

      19    

      21    

ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  
      24    
ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS        25    
ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  
ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

      51    

      50    

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE  
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  
ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION  

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  
ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

PART III. 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

PART IV. 

   SIGNATURES  
   INDEX TO EXHIBITS  

     106    

     106    

     107    

     107    

     107    

     107    

     107    

     107    

     108    

     109    

     110    

   
  
     
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
Table of Contents  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS FOR FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION  

Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Johnson Controls,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
refer to Johnson Controls, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.  

Certain statements in this report, other than purely historical information, including estimates, projections, statements relating to our 
business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are “forward-
looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 
1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words 
“believe,” “project,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “intend,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “should,” “will,” 
“would,” “will be,” “will continue,” “will likely result,” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology generally 
intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are 
subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, which may cause actual results to differ materially 
from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. A detailed discussion of risks, uncertainties and other factors that 
could cause actual results and events to differ materially from such forward-looking statements is included in the section entitled “Risk 
Factors” (refer to Part I, Item 1A, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). We undertake no obligation, and we disclaim any obligation, to 
update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.  

PART I  

ITEM 1 

BUSINESS 

General  

Johnson Controls is a global diversified technology and industrial leader serving customers in more than 150 countries. The Company 
creates quality products, services and solutions to optimize energy and operational efficiencies of buildings; lead-acid automotive 
batteries and advanced batteries for hybrid and electric vehicles; and interior systems for automobiles.  

Johnson Controls was originally incorporated in the state of Wisconsin in 1885 as Johnson Electric Service Company to manufacture, 
install and service automatic temperature regulation systems for buildings. The Company was renamed to Johnson Controls, Inc. in 1974. 
In 1978, we acquired Globe-Union, Inc., a Wisconsin-based manufacturer of automotive batteries for both the replacement and original 
equipment markets. The Company entered the automotive seating industry in 1985 with the acquisition of Michigan-based Hoover 
Universal, Inc. In 2005, the Company acquired York International, a global supplier of heating, ventilating, air-conditioning and 
refrigeration equipment and services.  

The Building Efficiency business is a global market leader in designing, producing, marketing and installing integrated heating, 
ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems, building management systems, controls, security and mechanical equipment. In 
addition, the Building Efficiency business provides technical services, energy management consulting and operations of entire real estate 
portfolios for the non-residential buildings market. The Company also provides residential air conditioning and heating systems and 
industrial refrigeration products.  

The Automotive Experience business is one of the world’s largest automotive suppliers, providing innovative interior systems through 
our design and engineering expertise. The Company’s technologies extend into virtually every area of the interior including seating and 
overhead systems, door systems, floor consoles, instrument panels, cockpits and integrated electronics. Customers include most of the 
world’s major automakers.  

The Power Solutions business is a leading global supplier of lead-acid automotive batteries for virtually every type of passenger car, light 
truck and utility vehicle. The Company serves both automotive original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and the general vehicle battery 
aftermarket. The Company also supplies advanced battery technologies to power Start-Stop vehicles, hybrid and electric vehicles.  

Financial Information About Business Segments  

Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes the standards for reporting information about segments 
in financial statements. In applying the criteria set forth in ASC 280, the Company has determined that it has nine reportable segments for 
financial reporting purposes. The Company’s nine reportable  

3  

   
   
  
Table of Contents  

segments are presented in the context of its three primary businesses - Building Efficiency, Automotive Experience and Power Solutions.  

Refer to Note 18, “Segment Information,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for financial information about business 
segments.  

For the purpose of the following discussion of the Company’s businesses, the five Building Efficiency reportable segments and the three 
Automotive Experience reportable segments are presented together due to their similar customers and the similar nature of their products, 
production processes and distribution channels.  

Products/Systems and Services  

Building Efficiency  

Building Efficiency is a global leader in delivering integrated control systems, mechanical equipment, services and solutions designed to 
improve the comfort, safety and energy efficiency of non-residential buildings and residential properties with operations in 59 countries. 
Revenues come from facilities management, technical services and the replacement and upgrade of HVAC controls and mechanical 
equipment in the existing buildings market, where the Company’s large base of current customers leads to repeat business, as well as with 
installing controls and equipment during the construction of new buildings. Customer relationships often span entire building lifecycles.  

Building Efficiency sells its control systems, mechanical equipment and services primarily through the Company’s extensive global 
network of sales and service offices. Some building controls and mechanical systems are sold to distributors of air-conditioning, 
refrigeration and commercial heating systems throughout the world. Approximately 43% of Building Efficiency’s sales are derived from 
HVAC products and installed control systems for construction and retrofit markets, including 13% of total sales related to new 
commercial construction. Approximately 57% of its sales originate from its service offerings. In fiscal 2012, Building Efficiency 
accounted for 35% of the Company’s consolidated net sales.  

® 

The Company’s systems include York  chillers, industrial refrigeration products, air handlers and other HVAC mechanical equipment 
that provide heating and cooling in non-residential buildings. The Metasys  control system monitors and integrates HVAC equipment 
with other critical building systems to maximize comfort while reducing energy and operating costs. As the largest global supplier of 
HVAC technical services, Building Efficiency staffs, optimizes and repairs building systems made by the Company and its competitors. 
The Company offers a wide range of solutions such as performance contracting under which guaranteed energy savings are used by the 
customer to fund project costs over a number of years. In addition, the Global Workplace Solutions segment provides full-time on-site 
operations staff and real estate and energy consulting services to help customers, especially multi-national companies, reduce costs and 
improve the performance of their facility portfolios. The Company’s on-site staff typically performs tasks related to the comfort and 
reliability of the facility, and manages subcontractors for functions such as foodservice, cleaning, maintenance and landscaping. The 
Company also produces air conditioning and heating equipment for the residential market.  

® 

Automotive Experience  

Automotive Experience designs and manufactures interior products and systems for passenger cars and light trucks, including vans, pick-
up trucks and sport/crossover utility vehicles. The business produces automotive interior systems for original equipment manufacturers 
(OEMs) and operates approximately 240 wholly- and majority-owned manufacturing or assembly plants, with operations in 33 countries 
worldwide. Additionally, the business has partially-owned affiliates in Asia, Europe, North America and South America.  

Automotive Experience products and systems include complete seating systems and components; cockpit systems, including instrument 
panels and clusters, information displays and body controllers; overhead systems, including headliners and electronic convenience 
features; floor consoles; and door systems. In fiscal 2012, Automotive Experience accounted for 51% of the Company’s consolidated net 
sales.  

The business operates assembly plants that supply automotive OEMs with complete seats on a “just-in-time/in-sequence” basis. Seats are 
assembled to specific order and delivered on a predetermined schedule directly to an automotive assembly line. Certain of the business’s 
other automotive interior systems are also supplied on a “just-in-time/in-sequence” basis. Foam, metal and plastic seating components, 
seat covers, seat mechanisms and other components are shipped to these plants from the business’s production facilities or outside 
suppliers.  

4  

   
Table of Contents  

Power Solutions  

Power Solutions services both automotive OEMs and the battery aftermarket by providing energy storage technology, coupled with 
systems engineering, marketing and service expertise. The Company is the largest producer of lead-acid automotive batteries in the 
world, producing and distributing approximately 135 million lead-acid batteries annually in approximately 60 wholly- and majority-
owned manufacturing or assembly plants and sales offices in 15 countries worldwide. Investments in new product and process technology 
have expanded product offerings to absorbent glass mat (AGM) technology that powers Start-Stop vehicles, as well as lithium-ion battery 
technology for certain hybrid and electric vehicles. Approximately 77% of unit sales worldwide in fiscal 2012 were to the automotive 
replacement market, with the remaining sales to the OEM market.  

Power Solutions accounted for 14% of the Company’s fiscal 2012 consolidated net sales. Batteries and key components are manufactured 
at wholly- and majority-owned plants in North America, South America, Asia and Europe.  

Competition  

Building Efficiency  

The Building Efficiency business conducts certain of its operations through thousands of individual contracts that are either negotiated or 
awarded on a competitive basis. Key factors in the award of contracts include system and service performance, quality, price, design, 
reputation, technology, application engineering capability and construction or project management expertise. Competitors for contracts in 
the residential and non-residential marketplace include many regional, national and international providers; larger competitors include 
Honeywell International, Inc.; Siemens Building Technologies, an operating group of Siemens AG; Schneider Electric SA; Carrier 
Corporation, a subsidiary of United Technologies Corporation; Trane Incorporated, a subsidiary of Ingersoll-Rand Company Limited; 
Daikin Industries, Ltd.; Lennox International, Inc.; Goodman Global, Inc; CBRE, Inc.; and Jones Lang LaSalle, Inc. The services market, 
including Global Workplace Solutions, is highly fragmented. Sales of services are largely dependent upon numerous individual contracts 
with commercial businesses worldwide. The loss of any individual contract would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

Automotive Experience  

The Automotive Experience business faces competition from other automotive suppliers and, with respect to certain products, from the 
automobile OEMs who produce or have the capability to produce certain products the business supplies. The automotive supply industry 
competes on the basis of technology, quality, reliability of supply and price. Design, engineering and product planning are increasingly 
important factors. Independent suppliers that represent the principal automotive experience competitors include Lear Corporation, 
Faurecia SA and Magna International Inc.  

Power Solutions  

Power Solutions is the principal supplier of batteries to many of the largest merchants in the battery aftermarket, including Advance Auto 
Parts, AutoZone, Robert Bosch GmbH, Costco, NAPA, O’Reilly/CSK, Interstate Battery System of America, Pep Boys, Sears, 
Roebuck & Co. and Wal-Mart stores. Automotive batteries are sold throughout the world under private labels and under the Company’s 
brand names (Optima 
manufacturers as original equipment. The Power Solutions business competes with a number of major domestic and international 
manufacturers and distributors of lead-acid batteries, as well as a large number of smaller, regional competitors. The Power Solutions 
business primarily competes in the battery market with Exide Technologies, GS Yuasa Corporation, East Penn Manufacturing Company 
and Fiamm Group. The North American, European and Asian lead-acid battery markets are highly competitive. The manufacturers in 
these markets compete on price, quality, technical innovation, service and warranty.  

, LTH  and Heliar  ) to automotive replacement battery retailers and distributors and to automobile 

, Varta 

® 

® 

® 

® 

Backlog  

The Company’s backlog relating to the Building Efficiency business is applicable to its sales of systems and services. At September 30, 
2012, the backlog was $5.2 billion, the majority of which relates to fiscal 2013. The backlog as of September 30, 2011 was $5.1 billion. 
The increase in backlog was primarily due to market share gains and conditions in Asia, partially offset by a decline in the North America 
Service segment. The backlog does not include amounts associated with contracts in the Global Workplace Solutions business because 
such contracts are  

5  

   
Table of Contents  

typically multi-year service awards, nor does it include unitary products within the Other segment. The backlog amount outstanding at 
any given time is not necessarily indicative of the amount of revenue to be earned in the upcoming fiscal year.  

Raw Materials  

Raw materials used by the businesses in connection with their operations, including lead, steel, tin, aluminum, urethane chemicals, 
copper, sulfuric acid and polypropylene, were readily available during the year, and the Company expects such availability to continue. In 
fiscal 2013, commodity prices could fluctuate throughout the year and could significantly affect the results of operations.  

Intellectual Property  

Generally, the Company seeks statutory protection for strategic or financially important intellectual property developed in connection 
with its business. Certain intellectual property, where appropriate, is protected by contracts, licenses, confidentiality or other agreements.  

The Company owns numerous U.S. and non-U.S. patents (and their respective counterparts), the more important of which cover those 
technologies and inventions embodied in current products or which are used in the manufacture of those products. While the Company 
believes patents are important to its business operations and in the aggregate constitute a valuable asset, no single patent, or group of 
patents, is critical to the success of the business. The Company, from time to time, grants licenses under its patents and technology and 
receives licenses under patents and technology of others.  

The Company’s trademarks, certain of which are material to its business, are registered or otherwise legally protected in the U.S. and 
many non-U.S. countries where products and services of the Company are sold. The Company, from time to time, becomes involved in 
trademark licensing transactions.  

Most works of authorship produced for the Company, such as computer programs, catalogs and sales literature, carry appropriate notices 
indicating the Company’s claim to copyright protection under U.S. law and appropriate international treaties.  

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters  

Laws addressing the protection of the environment (environmental laws) and workers’ safety and health (worker safety laws) govern the 
Company’s ongoing global operations. They generally provide for civil and criminal penalties, as well as injunctive and remedial relief, 
for noncompliance or require remediation of sites where Company-related materials have been released into the environment.  

The Company has expended substantial resources globally, both financial and managerial, to comply with environmental laws and worker 
safety laws and maintains procedures designed to foster and ensure compliance. Certain of the Company’s businesses are, or have been, 
engaged in the handling or use of substances that may impact workplace health and safety or the environment. The Company is 
committed to protecting its workers and the environment against the risks associated with these substances.  

The Company’s operations and facilities have been, and in the future may become, the subject of formal or informal enforcement actions 
or proceedings for noncompliance with environmental laws and worker safety laws or for the remediation of Company-related substances 
released into the environment. Such matters typically are resolved by negotiation with regulatory authorities that result in commitments to 
compliance, abatement or remediation programs and, in some cases, payment of penalties. Historically, neither such commitments nor 
such penalties have been material. (See Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” of this report for a discussion of the Company’s potential 
environmental liabilities.)  

Environmental Capital Expenditures  

The Company’s ongoing environmental compliance program often results in capital expenditures. Environmental considerations are a 
part of all significant capital expenditure decisions; however, expenditures in fiscal 2012 related solely to environmental compliance were 
not material. It is management’s opinion that the amount of any future capital expenditures related solely to environmental compliance 
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial results or competitive position in any one year.  

6  

   
Table of Contents  

Employees  

As of September 30, 2012, the Company employed approximately 170,000 employees, of whom approximately 107,000 were hourly and 
63,000 were salaried.  

Seasonal Factors  

Certain of Building Efficiency’s sales are seasonal as the demand for residential air conditioning equipment generally increases in the 
summer months. This seasonality is mitigated by the other products and services provided by the Building Efficiency business that have 
no material seasonal effect.  

Sales of automotive seating and interior systems and of batteries to automobile OEMs for use as original equipment are dependent upon 
the demand for new automobiles. Management believes that demand for new automobiles generally reflects sensitivity to overall 
economic conditions with no material seasonal effect.  

The automotive replacement battery market is affected by weather patterns because batteries are more likely to fail when extremely low 
temperatures place substantial additional power requirements upon a vehicle’s electrical system. Also, battery life is shortened by 
extremely high temperatures, which accelerate corrosion rates. Therefore, either mild winter or moderate summer temperatures may 
adversely affect automotive replacement battery sales.  

Financial Information About Geographic Areas  

Refer to Note 18, “Segment Information,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for financial information about geographic 
areas.  

Research and Development Expenditures  

Refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for research and 
development expenditures.  

Available Information  

The Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly 
reports on Form 10-Q, definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports 
filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are made available free of charge through the Investor 
Relations section of the Company’s Internet website at http://www.johnsoncontrols.com as soon as reasonably practicable after the 
Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. Copies of any materials the Company files with the SEC can 
also be obtained free of charge through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov , at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, 
N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, or by calling the SEC’s Office of Investor Education and Advocacy at 1-800-732-0330. The Company 
also makes available, free of charge, its Ethics Policy, Corporate Governance Guidelines, Board of Directors committee charters and 
other information related to the Company on the Company’s Internet website or in printed form upon request. The Company is not 
including the information contained on the Company’s website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K.  

ITEM 1A  RISK FACTORS 

General Risks  

General economic, credit and capital market conditions could adversely affect our financial performance, may affect our ability 
to grow or sustain our businesses and could negatively affect our ability to access the capital markets.  

We compete around the world in various geographic regions and product markets. Global economic conditions affect each of our three 
primary businesses. As we discuss in greater detail in the specific risk factors for each of our businesses that appear below, any future 
financial distress in the automotive industry or residential and commercial construction markets could negatively affect our revenues and 
financial performance in future periods, result in future restructuring charges, and adversely impact our ability to grow or sustain our 
businesses.  

The capital and credit markets provide us with liquidity to operate and grow our businesses beyond the liquidity that operating cash flows 
provide. A worldwide economic downturn and disruption of the credit markets could reduce  

7  

   
   
  
Table of Contents  

our access to capital necessary for our operations and executing our strategic plan. If our access to capital were to become significantly 
constrained or costs of capital increased significantly due to lowered credit ratings, prevailing industry conditions, the volatility of the 
capital markets or other factors, then our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. The 
Company’s $2.5 billion four-year revolving credit facility expires in February 2015. The Company plans to renew the facility prior to its 
expiration.  

We are subject to pricing pressure from our automotive customers.  

We face significant competitive pressures in all of our business segments. Because of their purchasing size, our automotive customers can 
influence market participants to compete on price terms. If we are not able to offset pricing reductions resulting from these pressures by 
improved operating efficiencies and reduced expenditures, those pricing reductions may have an adverse impact on our business.  

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations that could adversely affect our results of operations.  

We have significant operations in a number of countries outside the U.S., some of which are located in emerging markets. Long-term 
economic uncertainty in some of the regions of the world in which we operate, such as Asia, South America, the Middle East, Central 
Europe and other emerging markets, could result in the disruption of markets and negatively affect cash flows from our operations to 
cover our capital needs and debt service. The sovereign debt crisis in countries in which we operate in Europe could negatively impact 
our access to, and cost of, capital, and therefore could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition 
and competitive position.  

In addition, as a result of our global presence, a significant portion of our revenues and expenses is denominated in currencies other than 
the U.S. dollar. We are therefore subject to foreign currency risks and foreign exchange exposure. Our primary exposures are to the euro, 
British pound, Japanese yen, Czech koruna, Mexican peso, Romanian lei, Hungarian forint, Polish zloty, Canadian dollar and Chinese 
renminbi. While we employ financial instruments to hedge transactional foreign exchange exposure, these activities do not insulate us 
completely from those exposures. Exchange rates can be volatile and could adversely impact our financial results and comparability of 
results from period to period. Specifically, there is concern regarding the overall stability of the euro and the future of the euro as a single 
currency given the diverse economic and political circumstances in individual Eurozone countries. Potential negative developments and 
market perceptions related to the euro could adversely affect the value of our euro-denominated assets, as well as those of our customers 
and suppliers.  

There are other risks that are inherent in our non-U.S. operations, including the potential for changes in socio-economic conditions, laws 
and regulations, including import, export, labor and environmental laws, and monetary and fiscal policies; protectionist measures that 
may prohibit acquisitions or joint ventures, or impact trade volumes; unsettled political conditions; government-imposed plant or other 
operational shutdowns; corruption; natural and man-made disasters, hazards and losses; violence, civil and labor unrest, and possible 
terrorist attacks.  

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our non-U.S. operations and therefore on our business and results of 
operations.  

We are subject to regulation of our international operations that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.  

Due to our global operations, we are subject to many laws governing international relations, including those that prohibit improper 
payments to government officials and commercial customers, and restrict where we can do business, what information or products we can 
supply to certain countries and what information we can provide to a non-U.S. government, including but not limited to the Foreign 
Corrupt Practices Act, U.K. Bribery Act and the U.S. Export Administration Act. Violations of these laws, which are complex, may result 
in criminal penalties or sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

Global climate change could negatively affect our business.  

Increased public awareness and concern regarding global climate change may result in more regional and/or federal requirements to 
reduce or mitigate the effects of greenhouse gas emissions. There continues to be a lack of consistent climate legislation, which creates 
economic and regulatory uncertainty. Such regulatory uncertainty extends to future incentives for energy efficient buildings and vehicles 
and costs of compliance, which may impact the demand for our products, obsolescence of our products and our results of operations.  

8  

   
Table of Contents  

There is a growing consensus that greenhouse gas emissions are linked to global climate changes. Climate changes, such as extreme 
weather conditions, create financial risk to our business. For example, the demand for our products and services, such as residential air 
conditioning equipment and automotive replacement batteries, may be affected by unseasonable weather conditions. Climate changes 
could also disrupt our operations by impacting the availability and cost of materials needed for manufacturing and could increase 
insurance and other operating costs. These factors may impact our decisions to construct new facilities or maintain existing facilities in 
areas most prone to physical climate risks. The Company could also face indirect financial risks passed through the supply chain, and 
process disruptions due to physical climate changes could result in price modifications for our products and the resources needed to 
produce them.  

New regulations related to conflict minerals could adversely impact our business.  

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability 
concerning the supply of certain minerals, known as conflict minerals, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and 
adjoining countries. As a result, in August 2012 the SEC adopted annual disclosure and reporting requirements for those companies who 
use conflict minerals mined from the DRC and adjoining countries in their products. These new requirements will require due diligence 
efforts in fiscal 2013, with initial disclosure requirements beginning in May 2014. There will be costs associated with complying with 
these disclosure requirements, including for diligence to determine the sources of conflict minerals used in our products and other 
potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. The implementation of 
these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. As there may be only a limited 
number of suppliers offering “conflict free” conflict minerals, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary conflict minerals 
from such suppliers in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Also, we may face reputational challenges if we determine that 
certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all 
conflict minerals used in our products through the procedures we may implement.  

We are subject to requirements relating to environmental regulation and environmental remediation matters, which could 
adversely affect our business and results of operations.  

Because of uncertainties associated with environmental regulation and environmental remediation activities at sites where we may be 
liable, future expenses that we may incur to remediate identified sites could be considerably higher than the current accrued liability on 
our consolidated statement of financial position, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  

Risks related to our defined benefit retirement plans may adversely impact our results of operations and cash flow.  

Significant changes in actual investment return on defined benefit plan assets, discount rates, and other factors could adversely affect our 
results of operations and the amounts of contributions we must make to our defined benefit plans in future periods. U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles require that we calculate income or expense for the plans using actuarial valuations. These valuations 
reflect assumptions about financial markets and interest rates, which may change based on economic conditions. Funding requirements 
for our defined benefit plans are dependent upon, among other things, interest rates, underlying asset returns and the impact of legislative 
or regulatory changes related to defined benefit funding obligations. For a discussion regarding the significant assumptions used to 
determine net periodic benefit cost, refer to “Critical Accounting Estimates and Policies” included in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”  

Negative or unexpected tax consequences could adversely affect our results of operations.  

Adverse changes in the underlying profitability and financial outlook of our operations in several jurisdictions could lead to changes in 
our valuation allowances against deferred tax assets and other tax reserves on our statement of financial position that could materially and 
adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, changes in tax laws in the U.S. or in other countries where we have significant 
operations could materially affect deferred tax assets and liabilities on our consolidated statement of financial position and tax expense.  

We are also subject to tax audits by governmental authorities in the U.S. and in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Negative unexpected results from 
one or more such tax audits could adversely affect our results of operations.  

9  

   
Table of Contents  

Legal proceedings in which we are, or may be, a party may adversely affect us.  

We are currently and may in the future become subject to legal proceedings and commercial or contractual disputes. These are typically 
claims that arise in the normal course of business including, without limitation, commercial or contractual disputes with our suppliers, 
intellectual property matters, third party liability, including product liability claims and employment claims. There exists the possibility 
that such claims may have an adverse impact on our results of operations that is greater than we anticipate.  

An investigation by the European Commission (EC) related to European lead recyclers’ procurement practices is currently underway, 
with the Company one of several named companies subject to review. The Company cannot predict the ultimate financial impact, as the 
investigation is at a very preliminary stage. We will continue to cooperate with the EC in their investigation and monitor related 
commercial and financial implications, if any. The Company’s policy is to comply with antitrust and competition laws and, if a violation 
of any such laws is found, to take appropriate remedial action and to cooperate fully with any related governmental inquiry. Competition 
and antitrust law investigations may continue for several years and can result in substantial fines depending on the gravity and duration of 
the violations.  

A downgrade in the ratings of our debt could restrict our ability to access the debt capital markets and increase our interest costs. 

Changes in the ratings that rating agencies assign to our debt may ultimately impact our access to the debt capital markets and the costs 
we incur to borrow funds. If ratings for our debt fall below investment grade, our access to the debt capital markets would become 
restricted. Tightening in the credit markets and the reduced level of liquidity in many financial markets due to turmoil in the financial and 
banking industries could affect our access to the debt capital markets or the price we pay to issue debt. Historically, we have relied on our 
ability to issue commercial paper rather than to draw on our credit facility to support our daily operations, which means that a downgrade 
in our ratings or continued volatility in the financial markets causing limitations to the debt capital markets could have an adverse effect 
on our business or our ability to meet our liquidity needs.  

Additionally, several of our credit agreements generally include an increase in interest rates if the ratings for our debt are downgraded. 
Further, an increase in the level of our indebtedness may increase our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions 
and may affect our ability to obtain additional financing.  

We are subject to potential insolvency or financial distress of third parties.  

We are exposed to the risk that third parties to various arrangements who owe us money or goods and services, or who purchase goods 
and services from us, will not be able to perform their obligations or continue to place orders due to insolvency or financial distress. If 
third parties fail to perform their obligations under arrangements with us, we may be forced to replace the underlying commitment at 
current or above market prices or on other terms that are less favorable to us. In such events, we may incur losses, or our results of 
operations, financial position or liquidity could otherwise be adversely affected.  

We may be unable to complete or integrate acquisitions effectively, which may adversely affect our growth, profitability and 
results of operations.  

We expect acquisitions of businesses and assets to play a role in our future growth. We cannot be certain that we will be able to identify 
attractive acquisition targets, obtain financing for acquisitions on satisfactory terms, successfully acquire identified targets or manage 
timing of acquisitions with capital obligations across our businesses. Additionally, we may not be successful in integrating acquired 
businesses into our existing operations and achieving projected synergies. Competition for acquisition opportunities in the various 
industries in which we operate may rise, thereby increasing our costs of making acquisitions or causing us to refrain from making further 
acquisitions. We are also subject to applicable antitrust laws and must avoid anticompetitive behavior. These and other acquisition-related 
factors may negatively and adversely impact our growth, profitability and results of operations.  

We are subject to business continuity risks associated with centralization of certain administrative functions.  

We have been and are in the process of regionally centralizing certain administrative functions, primarily in North America, Europe and 
Asia, to improve efficiency and reduce costs. To the extent that these central locations are disrupted or disabled, key business processes, 
such as invoicing, payments and general management operations, could be interrupted.  

10  

   
Table of Contents  

A failure of our information technology (IT) infrastructure could adversely impact our business and operations.  

We rely upon the capacity, reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure and our ability to expand and continually 
update this infrastructure in response to the changing needs of our business. For example, we are implementing new enterprise resource 
planning and other IT systems in certain of our businesses over a period of several years. As we implement the new systems, they may 
not perform as expected. We also face the challenge of supporting our older systems and implementing necessary upgrades. If we 
experience a problem with the functioning of an important IT system or a security breach of our IT systems, the resulting disruptions 
could have an adverse effect on our business.  

We and certain of our third-party vendors receive and store personal information in connection with our human resources operations and 
other aspects of our business. Despite our implementation of security measures, our IT systems are vulnerable to damages from computer 
viruses, natural disasters, unauthorized access, cyber attack and other similar disruptions. Any system failure, accident or security breach 
could result in disruptions to our operations. A material network breach in the security of our IT systems could include the theft of our 
intellectual property or trade secrets. To the extent that any disruptions or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data, or an 
inappropriate disclosure of confidential information, it could cause significant damage to our reputation, affect our relationships with our 
customers, lead to claims against the Company and ultimately harm our business. In addition, we may be required to incur significant 
costs to protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future.  

Our business success depends on attracting and retaining qualified personnel.  

Our ability to sustain and grow our business requires us to hire, retain and develop a highly skilled and diverse management team and 
workforce. Failure to ensure that we have the leadership capacity with the necessary skill set and experience could impede our ability to 
deliver our growth objectives and execute our strategic plan. Any unplanned turnover or inability to attract and retain key employees 
could have a negative effect on our results of operations.  

Building Efficiency Risks  

Failure to comply with regulations due to our contracts with U.S. government entities could adversely affect our business and 
results of operations.  

Our Building Efficiency business contracts with government entities and is subject to specific rules, regulations and approvals applicable 
to government contractors. We are subject to routine audits by the Defense Contract Audit Agency to assure our compliance with these 
requirements. Our failure to comply with these or other laws and regulations could result in contract terminations, suspension or 
debarment from contracting with the U.S. federal government, civil fines and damages and criminal prosecution. In addition, changes in 
procurement policies, budget considerations, unexpected U.S. developments, such as terrorist attacks, or similar political developments or 
events abroad that may change the U.S. federal government’s national security defense posture may affect sales to government entities.  

Volatility in commodity prices may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Increases in commodity costs negatively impact the profitability of orders in backlog as prices on those orders are fixed; therefore, in the 
short-term we cannot adjust for changes in commodity prices. If we are not able to recover commodity cost increases through price 
increases to our customers on new orders, then such increases will have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Additionally, 
unfavorability in our hedging programs during a period of declining commodity prices could result in lower margins as we reduce prices 
to match the market on a fixed commodity cost level.  

Conditions in the residential and commercial new construction markets may adversely affect our results of operations.  

HVAC equipment sales in the residential and commercial new construction markets correlate to the number of new homes and buildings 
that are built. The strength of the residential and commercial markets depends in part on the availability of consumer and commercial 
financing for our customers, along with inventory and pricing of existing homes and buildings. If economic and credit market conditions 
worsen, it may result in a decline in the residential  

11  

   
Table of Contents  

housing construction market and construction of new commercial buildings. Such conditions could have an adverse effect on our results 
of operations and result in potential liabilities or additional costs, including impairment charges.  

A variety of other factors could adversely affect the results of operations of our Building Efficiency business.  

Any of the following could materially and adversely impact the results of operations of our Building Efficiency business: loss of, changes 
in, or failure to perform under facility management supply contracts or other guaranteed performance contracts with our major customers; 
cancellation of, or significant delays in, projects in our backlog; delays or difficulties in new product development; the potential 
introduction of similar or superior technologies; financial instability or market declines of our major component suppliers; the 
unavailability of raw materials (primarily steel, copper and electronic components) necessary for production of HVAC equipment; price 
increases of limited-source components, products and services that we are unable to pass on to the market; unseasonable weather 
conditions in various parts of the world; changes in energy costs or governmental regulations that would decrease the incentive for 
customers to update or improve their building control systems; revisions to energy efficiency legislation; a decline in the outsourcing of 
facility management services; availability of labor to support growth of our service businesses; and natural or man-made disasters or 
losses that impact our ability to deliver facility management and other products and services to our customers.  

Automotive Experience Risks  

Conditions in the automotive industry may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Our financial performance depends, in part, on conditions in the automotive industry. In fiscal 2012, our largest customers globally were 
automobile manufacturers Ford Motor Company (Ford), Daimler AG and General Motors Corporation (GM). If automakers experience a 
decline in the number of new vehicle sales, we may experience reductions in orders from these customers, incur write-offs of accounts 
receivable, incur impairment charges or require additional restructuring actions beyond our current restructuring plans, particularly if any 
of the automakers cannot adequately fund their operations or experience financial distress.  

Uncertainty related to the economic conditions in Europe may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Automakers across Europe are experiencing difficulties from a weakened economy and tightening credit markets. As a result, we have 
experienced and may continue to experience reductions in orders from these OEM customers. A prolonged downturn in the European 
automotive industry or a significant change in product mix due to consumer demand could require us to shut down additional plants or 
result in additional impairment charges, restructuring actions or changes in our valuation allowances against deferred tax assets, which 
could be material to our consolidated financial statements. Continued uncertainty relating to the economic conditions in Europe may 
continue to have an adverse impact on our business.  

Financial distress of the automotive supply chain could harm our results of operations.  

Automotive industry conditions could adversely affect the original equipment supplier base. Lower production levels for key customers, 
increases in certain raw material, commodity and energy costs and global credit market conditions could result in financial distress among 
many companies within the automotive supply base. Financial distress within the supplier base may lead to commercial disputes and 
possible supply chain interruptions, which in turn could disrupt our production. In addition, an adverse industry environment may require 
us to provide financial support to distressed suppliers or take other measures to ensure uninterrupted production, which could involve 
additional costs or risks. If any of these risks materialize, we are likely to incur losses, or our results of operations, financial position or 
liquidity could otherwise be adversely affected.  

Change in consumer demand may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Increases in energy costs or other factors (e.g., climate change concerns) may shift consumer demand away from motor vehicles that 
typically have higher interior content that we supply, such as light trucks, cross-over vehicles, minivans and SUVs, to smaller vehicles 
having less interior content. The loss of business with respect to, or a lack of commercial success of, one or more particular vehicle 
models for which we are a significant supplier could reduce our sales and harm our profitability, thereby adversely affecting our results of 
operations.  

12  

   
Table of Contents  

We may not be able to successfully negotiate pricing terms with our customers in the Automotive Experience business, which may 
adversely affect our results of operations.  

We negotiate sales prices annually with our automotive customers. Cost-cutting initiatives that our customers have adopted generally 
result in increased downward pressure on pricing. In some cases our customer supply agreements require reductions in component pricing 
over the period of production. If we are unable to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price reductions, our 
results of operations may be adversely affected. In particular, large commercial settlements with our customers may adversely affect our 
results of operations or cause our financial results to vary on a quarterly basis.  

Volatility in commodity prices may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Commodity prices can be volatile from year to year. If commodity prices rise, and if we are not able to recover these cost increases from 
our customers, these increases will have an adverse effect on our results of operations.  

The cyclicality of original equipment automobile production rates may adversely affect the results of operations in our 
Automotive Experience business.  

Our Automotive Experience business is directly related to automotive production by our customers. Automotive production and sales are 
highly cyclical and depend on general economic conditions and other factors, including consumer spending and preferences. An 
economic decline that results in a reduction in automotive production by our Automotive Experience customers could have a material 
adverse impact on our results of operations.  

A variety of other factors could adversely affect the results of operations of our Automotive Experience business.  

Any of the following could materially and adversely impact the results of operations of our Automotive Experience business: the loss of, 
or changes in, automobile supply contracts or sourcing strategies with our major customers or suppliers; start-up expenses associated with 
new vehicle programs or delays or cancellations of such programs; underutilization of our manufacturing facilities, which are generally 
located near, and devoted to, a particular customer’s facility; inability to recover engineering and tooling costs; market and financial 
consequences of any recalls that may be required on products that we have supplied; delays or difficulties in new product development; 
quantity and complexity of new program launches, which are subject to our customers’ timing, performance, design and quality 
standards; interruption of supply of certain single-source components; the potential introduction of similar or superior technologies; 
changing nature of our joint ventures and relationships with our strategic business partners; and global overcapacity and vehicle platform 
proliferation.  

Power Solutions Risks  

We face competition and pricing pressure from other companies in the Power Solutions business.  

Our Power Solutions business competes with a number of major domestic and international manufacturers and distributors of lead-acid 
batteries, as well as a large number of smaller, regional competitors. The North American, European and Asian lead-acid battery markets 
are highly competitive. The manufacturers in these markets compete on price, quality, technical innovation, service and warranty. If we 
are unable to remain competitive and maintain market share in the regions and markets we serve, our results of operations may be 
adversely affected.  

Volatility in commodity prices may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Lead is a major component of our lead-acid batteries, and the price of lead may be highly volatile. We attempt to manage the impact of 
changing lead prices through the recycling of used batteries returned to us by our aftermarket customers, commercial terms and 
commodity hedging programs. Our ability to mitigate the impact of lead price changes can be impacted by many factors, including 
customer negotiations, inventory level fluctuations and sales volume/mix changes, any of which could have an adverse effect on our 
results of operations.  

Additionally, the prices of other commodities, primarily fuel, acid, resin and tin, may be volatile. If other commodity prices rise, and if 
we are not able to recover these cost increases through price increases to our customers, such increases will have an adverse effect on our 
results of operations. Moreover, the implementation of any price increases to our customers could negatively impact demand for our 
products.  

13  

   
Table of Contents  

Decreased demand from our customers in the automotive industry may adversely affect our results of operations.  

Our financial performance in the Power Solutions business depends, in part, on conditions in the automotive industry. Sales to OEMs 
accounted for approximately 23% of the total sales of the Power Solutions business in fiscal 2012. Declines in the North American and 
European automotive production levels could reduce our sales and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if any OEMs 
reach a point where they cannot fund their operations, we may incur write-offs of accounts receivable, incur impairment charges or 
require additional restructuring actions beyond our current restructuring plans.  

A variety of other factors could adversely affect the results of operations of our Power Solutions business.  

Any of the following could materially and adversely impact the results of operations of our Power Solutions business: loss of, or changes 
in, automobile battery supply contracts with our large original equipment and aftermarket customers; the increasing quality and useful life 
of batteries or use of alternative battery technologies, both of which may contribute to a growth slowdown in the lead-acid battery market; 
delays or cancellations of new vehicle programs; market and financial consequences of any recalls that may be required on our products; 
delays or difficulties in new product development, including lithium-ion technology; impact of potential increases in lithium-ion battery 
volumes on established lead-acid battery volumes as lithium-ion battery technology grows and costs become more competitive; financial 
instability or market declines of our customers or suppliers; interruption of supply of certain single-source components; changing nature 
of our joint ventures and relationships with our strategic business partners; unseasonable weather conditions in various parts of the world; 
increasing global environmental and safety regulations related to the manufacturing and recycling of lead-acid batteries, and 
transportation of battery materials; our ability to secure sufficient tolling capacity to recycle batteries; price and availability of battery 
cores used in recycling; and the lack of the development of a market for hybrid and electric vehicles.  

ITEM 1B  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

The Company has no unresolved written comments regarding its periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC.  

14  

   
   
  
Table of Contents  

ITEM 2 

PROPERTIES 

At September 30, 2012, the Company conducted its operations in 67 countries throughout the world, with its world headquarters located 
in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Company’s wholly- and majority-owned facilities, which are listed in the table on the following pages by 
business and location, totaled approximately 88 million square feet of floor space and are owned by the Company except as noted. The 
facilities primarily consisted of manufacturing, assembly and/or warehouse space. The Company considers its facilities to be suitable and 
adequate for their current uses. The majority of the facilities are operating at normal levels based on capacity.  

Building Efficiency  

Arizona 
California 

Delaware 
Florida 

Georgia 
Illinois 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Maryland 

Massachusetts 
Michigan 
Minnesota 
Mississippi 
Missouri 

New Jersey 
North Carolina 
Oregon 
Oklahoma 
Pennsylvania 

Texas 

Washington 
Wisconsin 

    Phoenix (1),(4) 
    Fremont (1),(4) 
    Roseville (1),(4) 
    Simi Valley (1),(4) 
    Whittier (4) 
    Newark (1),(4) 
    Largo (1),(3) 
    Medley (1),(4) 
    Atlanta (1),(4) 
    Arlington Heights (4) 
    Elmhurst (1),(4) 
    Wheeling (1),(4) 
    Lenexa (1),(4) 
    Wichita (2),(3) 
    Erlanger (1) 
    Louisville (1),(4) 
    Baltimore (1),(4) 
    Capitol Heights (1),(4) 
    Rossville (1) 
    Sparks (1),(4) 
    Lynnfield (4) 
    Sterling Heights (1),(4) 
    Plymouth (1),(4) 
    Hattiesburg (1) 
    Albany 
    St. Louis (1),(4) 
    Hainesport (1),(4) 
    Charlotte (1),(4) 
    Portland (1),(4) 
    Norman (3) 
    Audubon (1),(4) 
    York (1) 
    Waynesboro (3) 
    Houston (1),(4) 
    Irving (4) 
    San Antonio 
    Fife (1),(4) 
    Milwaukee (2),(4) 
    Waukesha (1),(4) 

   Austria 
   Belgium 
   Brazil 
   Canada 

   China 

   Denmark 

   France 

   Germany 

   Hong Kong 
   India 

   Italy 
   Japan 
   Mexico 

   Netherlands 

   Poland 
   Russia 
   South Africa 
   Spain 
   Turkey 
   United Arab Emirates 

15  

   Vienna (4) 
   Diegem (1),(4) 
   Pinhais (1),(4) 
   Ajax (1),(3) 
   Oakville (1),(4) 
   Victoria (1),(4) 
   Beijing (1),(4) 
   Dalian (1),(4) 
   Guangzhou (1),(4) 
   Qingyuan (2),(3) 
   Wuxi (2),(3) 
   Hornslet (2),(4) 
   Viby (2),(3) 
   Carquefou Cedex (3) 
   Colombes (1),(3) 
   Nantes (1) 
   Essen (1),(3) 
   Flensburg (1) 
   Hamburg (1),(3) 
   Kempen (1) 
   Mannheim (1),(3) 
   Hong Kong (1),(3) 
   Chakan (1),(3) 
   Pune (1),(3) 
   Milan (1),(3) 
   Tokyo (1),(4) 
   Apodaca (1) 
   Durango 
   Juarez (3) 
   Monterrey (1),(3) 
   Reynosa (3) 
   Dordrecht (3) 
   Gorinchem (1),(3) 
   Warsaw (1),(3) 
   Moscow (1),(3) 
   Johannesburg (1),(4) 
   Sabadell (1),(3) 
   Manisa (1) 
   Dubai (2),(3) 

   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Automotive Experience  

Alabama 

Georgia 

Illinois 

Indiana 
Kentucky 

Louisiana 
Michigan 

Missouri 

Ohio 

Tennessee 

Texas 

   Buenos Aires (1) 
   Cordoba (1) 
   Rosario 
   Adelaide (1) 
   Graz (1) 
   Mandling 
   Assenede (1) 
   Geel (1),(4) 
   Gravatai 
   Pouso Alegre 
   Quatro Barras (2) 
   San Bernardo do Campo 
   Santo Andre (1) 
   Sao Jose dos Campos 
   Sao Jose dos Pinhais (1) 
   Sofia (1),(4) 
   Milton 
   Mississauga (1) 
   Tillsonburg 
   Whitby (2) 
   Beijing (3) 
   Kunshan (1),(3) 
   Shanghai (1),(3) 
   Shenyang (1),(3) 
   Benatky (1) 
   Ceska Lipa (4) 
   Mlada Boleslav (1) 
   Roudnice 
   Rychnov (1) 
   Strakonice 
   Straz pod Ralskem 
   Cergy (1),(4) 
   Conflans-sur-Lanterne 
   Creutzwald 
   Fesches-le-Chatel (1) 
   La Ferte Bernard 
   Rosny 
   Strasbourg 

    Calera (1) 
    Clanton 
    Cottondale 
    Eastaboga 
    McCalla (1) 
    LaGrange (1) 
    West Point (1) 
    Chicago (1) 
    Sycamore 
    Kendallville 
    Cadiz 
    Georgetown (2) 
    Louisville (1) 
    Owensboro (1) 
    Shelbyville (1) 
    Winchester (1) 
    Shreveport 
    Auburn Hills (1) 
    Battle Creek 
    Cascade (1) 
    Croswell (1) 
    Detroit 
    Highland Park (1) 
    Holland (2),(3) 
    Kentwood (1) 
    Lansing (2) 
    Monroe (1) 
    Port Huron (1) 
    Plymouth (2),(4) 
    Romulus (1) 
    Taylor (1) 
    Troy (1) 
    Warren (1) 
    Eldon (2) 
    Kansas City (1) 
    Riverside (1) 
    Bryan 
    Greenfield 
    Northwood 
    Wauseon 
    Columbia (1) 
    Franklin 
    Murfreesboro (2) 
    Pulaski (1) 
    El Paso (1) 
    San Antonio (1) 

   Argentina 

   Australia 
   Austria 

   Belgium 

   Brazil 

   Bulgaria 
   Canada 

   China 

   Czech Republic 

   France 

16  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Germany 

Italy 

Japan 

Korea 

Macedonia 
Malaysia 

Mexico 

Automotive Experience (continued)  

   Poland 

   Portugal 
   Republic of Slovenia 

   Romania 

   Russia 

   Slovak Republic 

   South Africa 

   Spain 

   Sweden 
   Thailand 

   Tunesia 
   Turkey 

   United Kingdom 

    Boblingen (1) 
    Bochum (2) 
    Bremen (1) 
    Burscheid (2),(4) 
    Dautphe (2) 
    Espelkamp 
    Grefrath 
    Hannover (1) 
    Hilchenbach (2) 
    Holzgerlingen (1) 
    Kaiserslautern 
    Karlsruhe (1),(4) 
    Luneburg 
    Mannweiler (1) 
    Markgroningen (1) 
    Neustadt 
    Rastatt (1) 
    Remscheid (1) 
    Rockenhausen 
    Saarlouis (1) 
    Solingen 
    Uberherrn 
    Waghausel (3) 
    Zwickau 
    Grugliasco (1) 
    Melfi 
    Ogliastro Cilento 
    Rocca D’Evandro 
    Ayase (1) 
    Hamamatsu 
    Higashiomi 
    Shibahara (3) 
    Yokohama (1),(4) 
    Yokosuka (2) 
    Ansan (1),(4) 
    Asan 
    Skopje 
    Melaka (1) 
    Pekan (1) 
    Perak Darul Redzuan (1) 
    Selangor Darul Ehsan 
    Coahuila (1) 
    Ecapetec Edo (1) 
    Juarez (2) 
    Lerma (1) 
    Matamaros (1) 
    Monclova 
    Puebla (2) 
    Ramos Arizpe 
    Reynosa (1) 
    Saltillo (2) 
    Tlaxcala 
    Toluca (1) 

17  

   Bierun 
   Siemianowice 
   Skarbimierz (1) 
   Swiebodzin 
   Zory 
   Palmela 
   Novo Mesto (1) 
   Slovenj Gradec (3) 
   Bradu 
   Craiova (1) 
   Jimbolia (1) 
   Mioveni (1) 
   Pitesti (1) 
   Ploesti 
   Timisoara (1) 
   St. Petersburg (1) 
   Togliatti (1) 
   Bratislava (1),(4) 
   Kostany nad Turcom (2) 
   Lozorno (1) 
   Lucenec (2) 
   Namestovo (1) 
   Trencin (1) 
   Zilina (2) 
   Chloorkop (1) 
   East London (1) 
   Korsten 
   Pretoria 
   Swartkops (1) 
   Uitenhage (1) 
   Wynberg (1) 
   Abrera 
   Alagon 
   Almussafes (2) 
   Calatorao (1) 
   Pedrola 
   Redondela (1) 
   Valladolid 
   Goteburg (1) 
   Chonburi (1) 
   Rayong 
   Bi’r al Bay (1) 
   Bursa (2) 
   Kocaeli 
   Birmingham 
   Burton-Upon-Trent 
   Ellesmere (1) 
   Garston (1) 
   Sunderland 
   Telford (1) 
   Wednesbury 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Arizona 
Delaware 
Florida 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Iowa 
Kentucky 
Michigan 
Missouri 
North Carolina 
Ohio 
Oregon 
South Carolina 

Texas 
Wisconsin 

    Yuma (3) 
    Middletown (3) 
    Tampa (3) 
    Geneva (3) 
    Ft. Wayne (3) 
    Red Oak (3) 
    Florence (1),(3) 
    Holland (3) 
    St. Joseph (2),(3) 
    Kernersville (3) 
    Toledo (3) 
    Portland (2),(3) 
    Florence (3) 
    Oconee (3) 
    San Antonio (3) 
    Milwaukee (4) 

Power Solutions  

   Austria 

   Brazil 
   China 

   Czech Republic 
   France 

   Germany 

   Korea 
   Mexico 

   Spain 

   Sweden 

Corporate  

Wisconsin 

    Milwaukee (4) 

(1)  Leased facility 
(2) 
(3) 
(4)  Administrative facility only 

Includes both leased and owned facilities 
Includes both administrative and manufacturing facilities 

   Graz (1) 
   Vienna (1) 
   Sorocaba (3) 
   Changxing (3) 
   Chongqing (3) 
   Shanghai (2),(3) 
   Ceska Lipa (2),(3) 
   Nersac (1),(4) 
   Rouen 
   Sarreguemines (3) 
   Hannover (3) 
   Krautscheid (3) 
   Zwickau (2),(3) 
   Gumi (2),(3) 
   Celaya 
   Cienega de Flores (1) 
   Escobedo 
   Flores 
   Garcia 
   San Pedro (1),(4) 
   Tlalnepantla (1),(4) 
   Torreon 
   Burgos 
   Guadamar del Segura 
   Guadalajara (1) 
   Ibi (3) 
   Hultsfred 

In addition to the above listing, which identifies large properties (greater than 25,000 square feet), there are approximately 570 Building 
Efficiency branch offices and other administrative offices located in major cities throughout the world. These offices are primarily leased 
facilities and vary in size in proportion to the volume of business in the particular locality.  

ITEM 3 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

As noted in Item 1, liabilities potentially arise globally under various environmental laws and worker safety laws for activities that are not 
in compliance with such laws and for the cleanup of sites where Company-related substances have been released into the environment.  

Currently, the Company is responding to allegations that it is responsible for performing environmental remediation, or for the repayment 
of costs spent by governmental entities or others performing remediation, at approximately 38 sites in the United States. Many of these 
sites are landfills used by the Company in the past for the disposal of waste materials; others are secondary lead smelters and lead 
recycling sites where the Company returned lead-containing materials for recycling; a few involve the cleanup of Company 
manufacturing facilities; and the remaining fall into miscellaneous categories. The Company may face similar claims of liability at 
additional sites in the future. Where potential liabilities are alleged, the Company pursues a course of action intended to mitigate them.  

18  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

The Company accrues for potential environmental liabilities in a manner consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States; that is, when it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability is reasonably estimable. Reserves for 
environmental liabilities totaled $25 million and $30 million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company reviews the 
status of its environmental sites on a quarterly basis and adjusts its reserves accordingly. Such potential liabilities accrued by the 
Company do not take into consideration possible recoveries of future insurance proceeds. They do, however, take into account the likely 
share other parties will bear at remediation sites. It is difficult to estimate the Company’s ultimate level of liability at many remediation 
sites due to the large number of other parties that may be involved, the complexity of determining the relative liability among those 
parties, the uncertainty as to the nature and scope of the investigations and remediation to be conducted, the uncertainty in the application 
of law and risk assessment, the various choices and costs associated with diverse technologies that may be used in corrective actions at 
the sites, and the often quite lengthy periods over which eventual remediation may occur. Nevertheless, the Company does not currently 
believe that any claims, penalties or costs in connection with known environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the Company has identified asset retirement obligations for 
environmental matters that are expected to be addressed at the retirement, disposal, removal or abandonment of existing owned facilities, 
primarily in the Power Solutions business. At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded conditional asset retirement 
obligations of $76 million and $91 million, respectively.  

The Company is involved in a number of product liability and various other casualty lawsuits incident to the operation of its businesses. 
The Company maintains insurance coverages and records estimated costs for claims and suits of this nature. It is management’s opinion 
that none of these will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Costs 
related to such matters were not material to the periods presented.  

ITEM 4 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable.  

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT  

Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, the following list of executive officers of the Company as of November 14, 2012 is 
included as an unnumbered Item in Part I of this report in lieu of being included in the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to the Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders to be held on January 23, 2013.  

Beda Bolzenius , 56, was elected a Corporate Vice President in November 2005 and has served as President - Automotive 
Seating since October 2012. He previously served as President of the Automotive Experience business from November 2005 to 
October 2012 and as Executive Vice President and General Manager Europe, Africa and South America for Automotive Experience 
from November 2004 to November 2005. Dr. Bolzenius joined the Company in November 2004 from Robert Bosch GmbH, a 
global manufacturer of automotive and industrial technology, consumer goods and building technology, where he most recently 
served as the president of Bosch’s Body Electronics division.  

Colin Boyd , 53, was elected Vice President, Information Technology and Chief Information Officer in October 2008. 

Mr. Boyd previously served as Chief Information Officer and Corporate Vice President of Sony Ericsson from 2002 to 2008.  

Susan F. Davis , 59, was elected Executive Vice President of Human Resources in September 2006. She previously served as 
Vice President of Human Resources from May 1994 to September 2006 and as Vice President of Organizational Development for 
the Automotive Experience business from August 1993 to April 1994. Ms. Davis joined the Company in 1983.  

Charles A. Harvey , 60, was elected Corporate Vice President of Diversity and Public Affairs in November 2005. He 
previously served as Vice President of Human Resources for the Automotive Experience business and in other human resources 
leadership positions. Mr. Harvey joined the Company in 1991.  

William C. Jackson, 52, was elected Executive Vice President - Operations and Innovation, in July 2011 and has served as 

President - Automotive Electronics & Interiors since October 2012. Prior to joining Johnson Controls, Mr. Jackson was Vice 
President and President of Automotive at Sears Holdings Corporation from 2009 to 2010. Prior to that, he served as Senior Vice 
President and board member of Booz, Allen & Hamilton and  

19  

   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Booz & Company, a strategy and consulting firm, where he led the firm’s Global Automotive, Transportation and Industrials 
Practice.  

R. Bruce McDonald , 52, was elected Executive Vice President in September 2006 and Chief Financial Officer in May 2005. 

He previously served as Corporate Vice President from January 2002 to September 2006, Assistant Chief Financial Officer from 
October 2004 to May 2005 and Corporate Controller from November 2001 to October 2004. Mr. McDonald joined the Company in 
2001.  

Alex A. Molinaroli , 53, was elected a Corporate Vice President in May 2004 and has served as President of the Power 
Solutions business since January 2007. Previously, Mr. Molinaroli served as Vice President and General Manager for North 
America Systems & the Middle East for the Building Efficiency business and has held increasing levels of responsibility for 
controls systems and services sales and operations. Mr. Molinaroli joined the Company in 1983.  

C. David Myers , 49, was elected a Corporate Vice President and President of the Building Efficiency business in December 

2005, when he joined the Company in connection with the acquisition of York International Corporation (York). At York, 
Mr. Myers served as Chief Executive Officer from February 2004 to December 2005, President from June 2003 to December 2005, 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 2003 to June 2003 and Vice President and Chief Financial 
Officer from February 2000 to January 2003.  

Jerome D. Okarma , 60, was elected Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel in November 2004 and was named a 
Corporate Vice President in September 2003. He previously served as Assistant Secretary from 1990 to November 2004 and as 
Deputy General Counsel from June 2000 to November 2004. Mr. Okarma joined the Company in 1989.  

Stephen A. Roell , 62, was elected Chief Executive Officer effective in October 2007, Chairman effective in January 2008, and 

President effective in May 2009. He was first elected to the Board of Directors in October 2004 and served as Executive Vice 
President from October 2004 through September 2007. Mr. Roell previously served as Chief Financial Officer between 1991 and 
May 2005, Senior Vice President from September 1998 to October 2004 and Vice President from 1991 to September 1998. 
Mr. Roell joined the Company in 1982.  

Brian J. Stief , 56, was elected Vice President and Corporate Controller in July 2010 and serves as the Company’s Principal 
Accounting Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Stief was a partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which he joined in 
1979 and in which he became partner in 1989. He served several of the firm’s largest clients and also held various office managing 
partner roles.  

Jacqueline F. Strayer , 58, was elected Vice President, Corporate Communication in September 2008. She previously served 

as Vice President, Corporate Communications, for Arrow Electronics, Inc. from 2004 to 2008. Prior to that, she held 
communication leadership positions at United Technologies Corporation and GE Capital Corporation.  

Frank A. Voltolina , 52, was elected a Corporate Vice President and Corporate Treasurer in July 2003 when he joined the 

Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Voltolina was Vice President and Treasurer at ArvinMeritor, Inc.  

There are no family relationships, as defined by the instructions to this item, among the Company’s executive officers.  

All officers are elected for terms that expire on the date of the meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders or until their successors are duly-elected and qualified.  

20  

   
Table of Contents  

PART II  

ITEM 5 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

The shares of the Company’s common stock are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JCI.”  

Title of Class 
Common Stock, $0.01 7/18 par value  

Number of Record Holders 
as of September 30, 2012    
40,019    

First Quarter  
Second Quarter  
Third Quarter  
Fourth Quarter  
Year  

Dividends 

Common Stock Price Range 
2011    
2011 
2012 
    $24.29 - 33.90     $29.95 - 40.15     $ 0.18       $ 0.16   
  0.16   
  0.16   
  0.16   
    $23.37 - 35.95     $25.91 - 42.92     $ 0.72       $ 0.64   

36.95 - 42.42    
35.37 - 42.53    
25.91 - 42.92    

30.81 - 35.95    
26.15 - 33.26    
23.37 - 29.59    

  0.18      
  0.18      
  0.18      

2012       

In September 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to acquire up to $200 million of the 
Company’s outstanding common stock. Stock repurchases under this program may be made through open market, privately negotiated 
transactions or otherwise at times and in such amounts as Company management deems appropriate. The stock repurchase program was 
substantially completed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.  

In November 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to acquire up to $500 million of the 
Company’s outstanding common stock, which supersedes any prior programs. Stock repurchases under this program may be made 
through open market, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise at times and in such amounts as Company management deems 
appropriate. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date and may be amended or terminated by the Board of Directors 
at any time without prior notice.  

The Company entered into an Equity Swap Agreement, dated March 13, 2009, with Citibank, N.A. (Citibank). The Company selectively 
uses equity swaps to reduce market risk associated with its stock-based compensation plans, such as its deferred compensation plans. 
These equity compensation liabilities increase as the Company’s stock price increases and decrease as the Company’s stock price 
decreases. In contrast, the value of the Equity Swap Agreement moves in the opposite direction of these liabilities, allowing the Company 
to fix a portion of the liabilities at a stated amount.  

In connection with the Equity Swap Agreement, Citibank may purchase unlimited shares of the Company’s stock in the market or in 
privately negotiated transactions. The Company disclaims that Citibank is an “affiliated purchaser” of the Company as such term is 
defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act or that Citibank is purchasing any shares for the Company. The Equity 
Swap Agreement has no stated expiration date. The net effect of the change in fair value of the Equity Swap Agreement and the change in 
equity compensation liabilities was not material to the Company’s earnings for the three months ended September 30, 2012.  

21  

   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

The following table presents information regarding the repurchase of the Company’s common stock by the Company as part of the 
publicly announced program and purchases of the Company’s common stock by Citibank in connection with the Equity Swap Agreement 
during the three months ended September 30, 2012.  

Period 
7/1/12 - 7/31/12  

8/1/12 - 8/31/12  

9/1/12 - 9/30/12  

Purchases by Company (1)  

Purchases by Company (1)  

Purchases by Company (1)  

7/1/12 - 7/31/12  

Purchases by Citibank  

8/1/12 - 8/31/12  

9/1/12 - 9/30/12  

Purchases by Citibank  

Purchases by Citibank  

Total  
Number of  
Shares  
Purchased 

Average 
Price  
Paid per 
Share        

Total  
Number of  
Shares  
Purchased as 
Part of the  
Publicly  
Announced  
Program 

Approximate  
Dollar Value  
of Shares that  
May Yet be  
Purchased  
under the  
Programs 

   250,000       $ 24.09      

   250,000       $ 54,242,754    

  1,656,629       $ 25.86      

  1,656,629       $ 11,398,755    

   418,686       $ 27.17      

   418,686       $ 

21,366    

   250,000       $ 24.04      

—         

   —         

—         

   —         

—         

—         

—         

NA    

NA    

NA    

(1)  Repurchases of the Company’s common stock by the Company pursuant to its publicly announced program may be intended to partially 

offset dilution related to the Company’s stock option and restricted stock equity compensation plans. 

22  

   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

The following information in Item 5 is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A 
or 14C under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and will not be 
deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent the 
Company specifically incorporates it by reference into such a filing.  

The line graph below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our Common Stock with the cumulative total return of 
companies on the Standard & Poor’s (S&P’s) 500 Stock Index and companies in our Diversified Industrials Peer Group.* This graph 
assumes the investment of $100 on September 30, 2007 and the reinvestment of all dividends since that date.  

The Company’s transfer agent’s contact information is as follows:  

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  
Shareowner Services Department  
P.O. Box 64874  
St. Paul, MN 55164-0874  
(877) 602-7397  

23  

   
  
   
Table of Contents  

ITEM 6 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following selected financial data reflects the results of operations, financial position data and common share information for the 
fiscal years ended September 30, 2008 through September 30, 2012 (in millions, except per share data and number of employees and 
shareholders). Certain amounts have been revised to reflect the retrospective application of the Company’s accounting policy change for 
recognizing pension and postretirement benefit expense. Refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to 
consolidated financial statements for further details surrounding this accounting policy change.  

OPERATING RESULTS  
Net sales  
Segment income (1)  
Net income (loss) attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. (6)  
Earnings (loss) per share (6)  

Basic  
Diluted  

Return on average shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson 

Controls, Inc. (2) (6)  

Capital expenditures  
Depreciation and amortization  
Number of employees  
FINANCIAL POSITION  
Working capital (3)  
Total assets  
Long-term debt  
Total debt  
Shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Total debt to total capitalization (4)  
Net book value per share (5)  
COMMON SHARE INFORMATION  

Dividends per share  
Market prices  

High  
Low  

Basic  
Diluted  

Number of shareholders  

Weighted average shares (in millions)  

2012 

Year ended September 30, 
2010 

2011 

2009 

2008 

    $  41,955   
2,567   
1,226   

   $  40,833   
2,347   
1,415   

   $  34,305   
1,948   
1,307   

   $  28,497   
244   
(681 )     

   $  38,062   
2,094   
801   

    $ 

   $ 

1.80   
1.78   

2.09   
2.06   

   $ 

   $ 

1.94   
1.92   

(1.14 )      $ 
(1.14 )     

1.35   
1.33   

11 %    

13 %    

14 %    

-7 %    

9 %  

    $  1,831   
824   
  170,000   

   $  1,325   
731   
  162,000   

   $ 

777   
691   
  137,000   

   $ 

647   
745   
  130,000   

   $ 

807   
783   
  140,000   

    $  2,300   
   30,884   
5,321   
6,068   
   11,555   

   $  1,589   
   29,676   
4,533   
5,146   
   11,042   

   $ 

919   
   25,743   
2,652   
3,389   
   10,071   

   $  1,147   
   24,088   
3,168   
3,966   
9,100   

   $  1,225   
   24,987   
3,201   
3,944   
9,406   

34 %    

32 %    

25 %    

30 %    

30 %  

    $  16.94   

   $  16.23   

   $  14.95   

   $  13.56   

   $  15.83   

    $ 

0.72   

   $ 

0.64   

   $ 

0.52   

   $ 

0.52   

   $ 

0.52   

    $  35.95   
23.37   

   $  42.92   
25.91   

   $  35.77   
23.62   

   $  30.01   
8.35   

   $  44.46   
26.00   

681.5   
688.6   
   40,019   

677.7   
689.9   
   43,340   

672.0   
682.5   
   44,627   

595.3   
595.3   
   46,460   

593.1   
601.4   
   47,543   

(1)  Segment income is calculated as income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests excluding net 
financing charges, debt conversion costs, significant restructuring costs and net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and 
postretirement plans. 

(2)  Return on average shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. (ROE) represents net income attributable to Johnson 

Controls, Inc. divided by average shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. 

24  

   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

(3)  Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities, excluding cash, short-term debt and the current portion of long-term 

debt. 

(4)  Total debt to total capitalization represents total debt divided by the sum of total debt and shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson 

Controls, Inc. 

(5)  Net book value per share represents shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. divided by the number of common shares 

outstanding at the end of the period. 

(6)  Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. includes $297 million, $230 million and $495 million of significant restructuring costs 

in fiscal year 2012, 2009 and 2008, respectively. It also includes $447 million, $384 million, $269 million, $532 million and $301 million 
of net mark-to-market charges on pension and postretirement plans in fiscal year 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The 
preceding amounts are stated on a pre-tax basis. 

ITEM 7 

General  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

The Company operates in three primary businesses: Building Efficiency, Automotive Experience and Power Solutions. Building 
Efficiency provides facility systems, services and workplace solutions including comfort, energy and security management for the 
residential and non-residential buildings markets. Automotive Experience designs and manufactures interior systems and products for 
passenger cars and light trucks, including vans, pick-up trucks and sport/crossover utility vehicles. Power Solutions designs and 
manufactures automotive batteries for the replacement and original equipment markets.  

This discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results, financial condition and liquidity of the 
Company for the three-year period ended September 30, 2012. This discussion should be read in conjunction with Item 8, the 
consolidated financial statements and the notes to consolidated financial statements.  

Certain amounts have been revised to reflect the retrospective application of the Company’s accounting policy change for recognizing 
pension and postretirement benefit expense. Refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated 
financial statements for further details surrounding this accounting policy change.  

Outlook  

On October 30, 2012, the Company gave a preliminary outlook of its market and financial expectations for fiscal 2013, saying it believes 
softening end markets will limit its ability to grow revenues and earnings in the upcoming year. In addition, the Company anticipates a 
higher effective tax rate of 20% in fiscal 2013 due to an increased percentage of total earnings in the United States. The Company expects 
fiscal 2013 first-half earnings to be significantly lower than the same period of fiscal 2012 with higher year over year earnings in the 
second half of the year. The Company also expects to incur additional restructuring-related costs in the first half of fiscal 2013 
(approximately $0.08 - $0.10 impact on earnings per share) and believes the financial benefits of the restructuring announced in the fiscal 
2012 fourth quarter will begin to accrue in the second half of fiscal 2013. The Company plans to be diligent in controlling costs, but will 
remain committed to making investments that support its long-term growth and profitability strategies. The Company expects full year 
fiscal 2013 earnings to be flat to slightly higher than fiscal 2012.  

Effective October 1, 2013, the Company reorganized its Automotive Experience reportable segments to align with its new management 
reporting structure and business activities. As a result of this change, Automotive Experience will be comprised of three new reportable 
segments for financial reporting purposes: Seating, Electronics and Interiors. This change will be reflected in the Company’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2012, with comparable periods revised to conform to the new presentation.  

25  

   
   
  
Table of Contents  

FISCAL YEAR 2012 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2011  

Net Sales  

(in millions) 
Net sales  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012 

2011 

Change   

$ 41,955      

$ 40,833      

3 %  

The increase in consolidated net sales was due to higher sales in the Automotive Experience business ($2.0 billion), Power Solutions 
business ($224 million) and Building Efficiency business ($95 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency 
translation ($1.2 billion). Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation, consolidated net sales increased 6% as 
compared to the prior year. The favorable impacts of increased automotive industry production in North America, strong automotive and 
buildings demand in China, and incremental sales from acquisitions were partially offset by the negative impacts of lower automotive 
industry production in Europe, weak Building Efficiency markets and mild weather conditions on automotive battery aftermarket 
demand. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of net sales by segment.  

Cost of Sales / Gross Profit  

(in millions) 
Cost of sales  
Gross profit  

% of sales  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012 

2011 

Change   

$ 35,737   
   6,218   

$ 34,775   
   6,058   

14.8 %    

14.8 %    

3 %  
3 %  

The increase in total cost of sales year over year corresponds to the sales growth noted above, with gross profit percentage remaining 
consistent. Gross profit in the Automotive Experience business was favorably impacted by lower purchasing costs offset by higher 
operating costs associated with performance at metals facilities and net unfavorable commercial settlements and pricing. The Power 
Solutions business experienced favorable pricing and product mix offset by higher operating, battery core and transportation costs. Gross 
profit in the Building Efficiency business benefited year over year from improved labor utilization and pricing initiatives, offset by 
overall unfavorable gross margin rates. Foreign currency translation had a favorable impact on cost of sales of approximately $1.1 billion. 
Net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans had a net favorable year over year impact on cost of sales of $87 
million ($33 million charge in fiscal 2012 compared to $120 million charge in fiscal 2011) primarily due to assumption changes for 
certain non-U.S. plans partially offset by a decline in year over year discount rates. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for 
a discussion of segment income by segment.  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses  

(in millions) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  

% of sales  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012 

2011 

Change   

$ 4,438   
   10.6 %    

$ 4,393   
   10.8 %    

1 %  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) increased slightly year over year, but decreased slightly as a percentage of sales. 
Automotive Experience business SG&A increased primarily due to the incremental SG&A of acquired businesses, partially offset by 
non-recurring prior year costs related to business acquisitions. Power Solutions business SG&A increased primarily due to higher 
employee-related costs and incremental SG&A of acquired businesses. Building Efficiency business SG&A decreased primarily due to 
cost reduction initiatives, prior year restructuring costs and gains on business divestitures. The unfavorable impact of net mark-to-market  

26  

   
   
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
     
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

adjustments on pension and postretirement plans in SG&A increased year over year by $150 million ($414 million charge in fiscal 2012 
compared to $264 million charge in fiscal 2011) primarily due to a significant decline in year over year discount rates. Foreign currency 
translation had a favorable impact on SG&A of $101 million. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of 
segment income by segment.  

Significant Restructuring Costs  

(in millions) 
Restructuring costs  

*  Measure not meaningful 

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012      

2011       

Change   

$ 297      

$ —         

*    

To better align its resources with its growth strategies and reduce the cost structure of its global operations to address the softness in 
certain underlying markets, the Company committed to a significant restructuring plan (2012 Plan) in the third and fourth quarters of 
fiscal 2012 and recorded a $297 million restructuring charge, $52 million in the third quarter and $245 million in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2012. The restructuring charge related to cost reduction initiatives in the Company’s Automotive Experience, Building Efficiency 
and Power Solutions businesses and included workforce reductions and plant closures. The restructuring actions are expected to be 
substantially complete by the end of fiscal 2014.  

Refer to Note 15, “Significant Restructuring Costs,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further disclosure related to the 
Company’s restructuring plans.  

Net Financing Charges  

(in millions) 
Net financing charges  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012      

2011      

Change   

$ 233      

$ 174      

   34 %  

The increase in net financing charges was primarily due to higher debt levels in fiscal 2012 as compared to the prior year.  

Equity Income  

(in millions) 
Equity income  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012      

2011      

Change   

$ 340      

$ 298      

   14 %  

The increase in equity income was primarily due to a gain on redemption of a warrant for an existing partially-owned affiliate and a gain 
on a current year acquisition of a partially-owned affiliate in the Power Solutions business, partially offset by a gain on a prior year 
acquisition of a partially-owned affiliate net of acquisition costs and related purchase accounting adjustments and a partially-owned 
equity affiliate’s restatement of prior period income in the Power Solutions business. The remaining increase in equity income was 
primarily due to higher earnings at certain Building Efficiency partially-owned affiliates. Refer to the segment analysis below within 
Item 7 for a discussion of segment income by segment.  

27  

   
   
   
   
   
  
   
      
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

Provision for Income Taxes  

(in millions) 
Provision for income taxes  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012      

2011      

Change   

$ 237      

$ 257      

-8 %  

The effective rate is below the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to continuing global tax planning initiatives and income in certain non-
U.S. jurisdictions with a rate of tax lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. Refer to Note 17, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to consolidated 
financial statements for further details.  

Valuation Allowances  

The Company reviews the realizability of its deferred tax asset valuation allowances on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected 
financial results of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive 
or negative evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation 
allowances may be necessary.  

In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an overall increase to its valuation allowances of $47 million primarily due to a discrete period 
income tax adjustment in the fourth quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company performed an analysis related to the 
realizability of its worldwide deferred tax assets. As a result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative 
evidence, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that deferred tax assets within Power Solutions in China would not be 
utilized. Therefore, the Company recorded a $35 million valuation allowance in the three month period ended September 30, 2012.  

In fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a decrease to its valuation allowances primarily due to a $30 million discrete period income tax 
adjustment in the fourth quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company performed an analysis related to the realizability of its 
worldwide deferred tax assets. As a result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative evidence, the 
Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets primarily within Denmark, Italy, Automotive Experience 
in Korea and Automotive Experience in the United Kingdom would be utilized. Therefore, the Company released a net $30 million of 
valuation allowances in the three month period ended September 30, 2011.  

Given the current economic uncertainty, it is reasonably possible that over the next twelve months, valuation allowances against deferred 
tax assets in certain jurisdictions may result in a net increase to tax expense of up to $400 million.  

Uncertain Tax Positions  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining its 
worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, 
there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by 
tax authorities.  

As a result of certain recent events related to prior tax planning initiatives, during the third quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company reduced 
the reserve for uncertain tax positions by $22 million, including $13 million of interest and penalties.  

The Company’s federal income tax returns and certain non-U.S. income tax returns for various fiscal years remain under various stages of 
audit by the Internal Revenue Service and respective non-U.S. tax authorities. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, 
management believes that it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns and that its annual tax provisions included 
amounts sufficient to pay assessments, if any, which may be proposed by the taxing authorities. At September 30, 2012, the Company 
had recorded a liability for its best estimate of the probable loss on certain of its tax positions, the majority of which is included in other 
noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position. Nonetheless, the amounts ultimately paid,  

28  

   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

if any, upon resolution of the issues raised by the taxing authorities may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year.  

The Company expects that certain tax examinations, appellate proceedings and/or tax litigation will conclude within the next twelve 
months, the impact of which could be up to a $200 million benefit to tax expense.  

Impacts of Tax Legislation and Change in Statutory Tax Rates  

The look-through rule, under subpart F of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, expired for the Company on September 30, 2012. The look-
through rule had provided an exception to the U.S. taxation of certain income generated by foreign subsidiaries. It is generally thought 
that this rule will be extended with the possibility of retroactive application.  

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, tax legislation was adopted in Japan which reduces its statutory income tax rate by 5%. 
Also, tax legislation was adopted in various jurisdictions to limit the annual utilization of tax losses that are carried forward. None of 
these changes had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests  

(in millions) 
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012      

2011      

Change   

$ 127      

$ 117      

9 %  

The increase in income attributable to noncontrolling interests was primarily due to higher earnings at certain Power Solutions and 
Building Efficiency partially-owned affiliates, partially offset by the effects of an increase in the Company’s ownership percentage in an 
Automotive Experience partially-owned affiliate.  

Net Income Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

(in millions) 
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012 

2011 

Change   

$ 1,226      

$ 1,415      

   -13 %  

The decrease in net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. was primarily due to higher selling, general and administrative 
expenses, restructuring costs, net financing charges and income attributable to noncontrolling interests, and the unfavorable impact of 
foreign currency translation, partially offset by higher sales and equity income, and a decrease in the provision for income taxes. Fiscal 
2012 diluted earnings per share was $1.78 compared to prior year’s diluted earnings per share of $2.06.  

Segment Analysis  

Management evaluates the performance of its business units based primarily on segment income, which is defined as income from 
continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests excluding net financing charges, significant restructuring costs 
and net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans.  

29  

   
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
     
   
Table of Contents  

Building Efficiency  

(in millions) 
North America Systems  
North America Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

*  Measure not meaningful 

Net Sales:  

Net Sales 
for the Year Ended 
September 30, 

Segment Income 
for the Year Ended       

September 30, 

2012 

2011 

      Change   

2012 

2011 

      Change   

    $  2,389       $  2,343         
       2,145          2,305         
       4,294          4,153         
       1,987          1,840         
       3,900          4,252         
    $ 14,715       $ 14,893         

2 %     $  286       $  247          16 %  
-7 %    
   164          121          36 %  
3 %    
*    
22         
8 %    
   267          251         
6 %  
   141          105          34 %  
-8 %    
-1 %     $  910       $  746          22 %  

52         

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   The increase in North America Systems was primarily due to higher volumes of equipment and controls systems in the commercial 
construction and replacement markets ($50 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($4 
million).  
   The decrease in North America Service was primarily due to a reduction in truck-based volumes ($130 million) and energy 

solutions volumes ($50 million), and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($4 million), partially offset by the 
incremental sales from a prior year business acquisition ($24 million).  
   The increase in Global Workplace Solutions was primarily due to a net increase in services to new and existing customers ($264 
million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($123 million).  
   The increase in Asia was primarily due to higher service volumes including the prior year negative impact of the Japan earthquake 
and related events ($84 million), higher volumes of equipment and controls systems ($39 million), and the favorable impact of 
foreign currency translation ($24 million).  
   The decrease in Other was primarily due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($166 million), lower volumes in 

Latin America ($93 million), the Middle East ($41 million) and Europe ($32 million), and lower volumes due to current year 
divestitures ($55 million), partially offset by higher volumes in other business areas ($33 million) and unitary products ($2 million). 

Segment Income:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   The increase in North America Systems was primarily due to lower selling, general and administrative expenses ($24 million) and 
higher volumes ($15 million).  
   The increase in North America Service was primarily due to lower selling, general and administrative expenses ($40 million) and 

favorable margin rates ($38 million), partially offset by lower volumes ($31 million), loss on a business divestiture ($3 million) and 
lower equity income ($1 million).  
   The increase in Global Workplace Solutions was primarily due to higher volumes ($15 million), lower selling, general and 

administrative expenses ($14 million) and favorable margin rates ($4 million), partially offset by unfavorable impact of foreign 
currency translation ($3 million).  
   The increase in Asia was primarily due to higher volumes ($30 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($6 

million), partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($18 million) and unfavorable margin rates ($2 
million).  
   The increase in Other was primarily due to gains on business divestitures net of transaction costs ($42 million), prior year 

restructuring costs ($35 million), prior year non-recurring charges related to South America indirect taxes ($24 million), lower 
selling, general and administrative expenses ($14 million), prior year business distribution costs ($11 million) and higher equity 
income ($6 million), partially offset by unfavorable margin rates ($51 million), lower volumes ($20 million), net prior year 
warranty accrual adjustment due to favorable experience ($14 million), lower income due to current year divestitures ($10 million) 
and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($1 million).  

30  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
   
     
  
     
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Automotive Experience  

(in millions) 
North America  
Europe  
Asia  

*  Measure not meaningful 

Net Sales:  

Net Sales 
for the Year Ended 
September 30, 

Segment Income (Loss)       

for the Year Ended 
September 30, 

2012 

2011 

      Change   

2012 

2011 

      Change   

    $  8,721       $  7,431          17 %     $  487       $  419          16 %  
       9,973         10,267         
-3 %    
       2,640          2,367          12 %    
    $ 21,334       $ 20,065         

116         
245          50 %  
3 %  

6 %     $  803       $  780         

(52 )    
368      

*    

• 

• 

• 

   The increase in North America was primarily due to higher volumes to major OEM customers ($967 million), the prior year 
negative impact of the Japan earthquake and related events ($263 million), and incremental sales due to prior year business 
acquisitions ($129 million), partially offset by net unfavorable pricing and commercial settlements ($69 million).  
   The decrease in Europe was primarily due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($773 million), net unfavorable 
pricing and commercial settlements ($84 million), and lower volumes despite the prior year negative impact of the Japan earthquake 
and related events ($32 million), partially offset by incremental sales due to business acquisitions ($595 million).  
   The increase in Asia was primarily due to higher volumes and new customer awards including the prior year negative impact of the 

Japan earthquake and related events ($182 million), incremental sales due to prior year acquisitions ($144 million) and the 
favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($9 million), partially offset by net unfavorable pricing and commercial settlements 
($37 million) and the negative impact of the flooding in Thailand and related events ($25 million).  

Segment Income:  

• 

   The increase in North America was primarily due to higher volumes ($199 million), the prior year negative impact of the 

earthquake in Japan and related events ($61 million), lower purchasing costs ($49 million), higher equity income ($4 million), 
lower engineering expenses ($3 million) and incremental operating income of prior year acquisitions ($3 million), partially offset by 
higher operating costs ($126 million), net unfavorable commercial settlements and pricing ($91 million), and higher selling, general 
and administrative expenses ($34 million).  
   The decrease in Europe was primarily due to higher operating costs ($131 million), net unfavorable commercial settlements and 
pricing ($88 million), lower volumes despite the prior year negative impact of the earthquake in Japan and related events ($65 
million), and higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($40 million), partially offset by prior year costs related to 
business acquisitions ($64 million), incremental operating income of prior year acquisitions ($42 million), lower purchasing costs 
($26 million), lower engineering expenses ($23 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($1 million).  
   The increase in Asia was primarily due to higher volumes including the prior year negative impact of the earthquake in Japan and 

• 

• 

related events ($64 million), lower purchasing costs ($41 million), lower selling, general and administrative expenses ($28 million), 
incremental operating income of prior year acquisitions ($19 million), lower operating costs ($14 million) and the favorable impact 
of foreign currency translation ($2 million), partially offset by net unfavorable commercial settlements and pricing ($34 million), 
the negative impact of the flooding in Thailand and related events ($5 million), higher engineering expenses ($3 million) and lower 
equity income ($3 million).  

31  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Power Solutions  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

• 

• 

2011 

2012 

Change   

$ 5,875      
   821      

$ 5,906      
   854      

(in millions) 
Net sales  
Segment income  
   Net sales increased primarily due to favorable pricing and product mix ($156 million), higher volumes including the prior year 
negative impact of the earthquake in Japan and related events ($144 million), and incremental sales due to business acquisitions 
($38 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($193 million) and impact of pass through 
pricing ($114 million).  
   Segment income increased primarily due to favorable pricing and product mix including lead net of higher costs for battery cores 
($117 million); a gain on redemption of a warrant for an existing partially-owned affiliate ($25 million); higher volumes including 
the prior year negative impact of the earthquake in Japan and related events ($24 million); change in asset retirement obligations 
($14 million); an insurance settlement ($12 million); a gain on a current year acquisition of a partially-owned affiliate ($9 million) 
and higher equity income ($4 million); partially offset by higher operating and transportation costs ($46 million); higher selling, 
general and administrative expenses ($43 million); a gain on a prior year acquisition of a partially-owned affiliate net of acquisition 
costs and related purchase accounting adjustments and a partially-owned affiliate’s restatement of prior period income ($37 
million); the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation ($21 million); an impairment of an equity investment ($14 million) 
and the unfavorable impact of business acquisitions ($11 million).  

1 %  
4 %  

FISCAL YEAR 2011 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2010  

Net Sales  

(in millions) 
Net sales  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2011 

2010 

Change   

$ 40,833      

$ 34,305      

   19 %  

The increase in consolidated net sales was primarily due to higher sales in the Automotive Experience business ($3.1 billion) as a result 
of increased industry production levels in all segments and incremental sales due to business acquisitions; higher sales in the Building 
Efficiency business ($1.7 billion) as a result of higher sales in all segments; higher sales in the Power Solutions business ($0.9 billion) 
reflecting higher sales volumes, the impact of higher lead costs on pricing and sales associated with a prior year business acquisition; and 
the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($0.8 billion). Excluding the favorable impact of foreign currency translation, 
consolidated net sales increased 17% as compared to the prior year. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of 
net sales by segment.  

Cost of Sales / Gross Profit  

(in millions) 
Cost of sales  
Gross profit  

% of sales  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2011 

2010 

$ 34,775   
   6,058   

$ 29,084   
   5,221   

14.8 %    

15.2 %    

Change   

   20 %  
   16 %  

The increase in total cost of sales year over year corresponds to the sales growth noted above, with gross profit percentage decreasing 
slightly. Gross profit in the Automotive Experience business was unfavorably impacted by the earthquake in Japan and related events, 
higher operating costs in Europe and unfavorable commercial  

32  

   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
     
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
     
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

settlements and pricing in Europe, partially offset by the income of acquisitions. Gross profit in the Building Efficiency business reflected 
overall unfavorable gross margin rates partially offset by prior year inventory adjustments. The Power Solutions business experienced 
favorable pricing and product mix, and income associated with a prior year business acquisition, partially offset by higher operating and 
transportation costs. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact on cost of sales of approximately $0.7 billion. The 
unfavorable impact of net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans in cost of sales increased year over year by 
$52 million ($120 million charge in fiscal 2011 compared to $68 million charge in fiscal 2010) primarily due to a decline in year over 
year discount rates. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of segment income by segment.  

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses  

(in millions) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  

% of sales  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2011 

2010 

Change   

$ 4,393   
   10.8 %    

$ 3,796   
   11.1 %    

   16 %  

Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A) increased year over year, but decreased as a percentage of sales. Automotive 
Experience business SG&A increased primarily due to costs related to business acquisitions, incremental SG&A of acquired businesses 
and higher engineering expenses. Building Efficiency business SG&A increased primarily due to higher employee-related costs, 
restructuring costs and information technology implementation costs. Power Solutions business SG&A increased primarily due to higher 
employee-related costs and incremental SG&A of acquired businesses. The unfavorable impact of net mark-to-market adjustments on 
pension and postretirement plans in SG&A increased year over year by $63 million ($264 million charge in fiscal 2011 compared to $201 
million charge in fiscal 2010) primarily due to a decline in year over year discount rates. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable 
impact on SG&A of $63 million. Refer to the segment analysis below within Item 7 for a discussion of segment income by segment.  

Net Financing Charges  

(in millions) 
Net financing charges  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2011      

2010      

Change   

$ 174      

$ 170      

2 %  

The increase in net financing charges was primarily due to higher debt levels partially offset by lower interest rates in fiscal 2011.  

Equity Income  

(in millions) 
Equity income  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2011      

2010      

Change   

$ 298      

$ 254      

   17 %  

The increase in equity income was primarily due to a gain on acquisition of partially-owned affiliate net of acquisition costs and purchase 
accounting adjustments and a partially-owned equity affiliate’s restatement of prior period income in the Power Solutions business, 
partially offset by a prior year gain on consolidation of a Korean partially-owned affiliate in the Power Solutions business. The remaining 
increase in equity income was primarily due to higher earnings at certain Automotive Experience and Building Efficiency partially-
owned affiliates.  

33  

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

Provision for Income Taxes  

(in millions) 
Provision for income taxes  

*  Measure not meaningful 

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2011      

2010      

Change   

$ 257      

$ 127      

*    

The effective rate is below the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to continuing global tax planning initiatives and income in certain non-
U.S. jurisdictions with a rate of tax lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. Refer to Note 17, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to consolidated 
financial statements for further details.  

Valuation Allowances  

The Company reviews the realizability of its deferred tax asset valuation allowances on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected 
financial results of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive 
or negative evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation 
allowances may be necessary.  

In fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a decrease to its valuation allowances primarily due to a $30 million discrete period income tax 
adjustment in the fourth quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company performed an analysis related to the realizability of its 
worldwide deferred tax assets. As a result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative evidence, the 
Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets primarily within Denmark, Italy, Automotive Experience 
in Korea and Automotive Experience in the United Kingdom would be utilized. Therefore, the Company released a net $30 million of 
valuation allowances in the three month period ended September 30, 2011.  

In fiscal 2010, the Company recorded an overall decrease to its valuation allowances of $87 million primarily due to a $111 million 
discrete period income tax adjustment. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company performed an analysis related to the realizability 
of its worldwide deferred tax assets. As a result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative evidence, 
the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets primarily within Mexico would be utilized. 
Therefore, the Company released $39 million of valuation allowances in the three month period ended September 30, 2010. Further, the 
Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would not be utilized in selected entities in Europe. 
Therefore, the Company recorded $14 million of valuation allowances in the three month period ended September 30, 2010. To the extent 
the Company improves its underlying operating results in these entities, these valuation allowances, or a portion thereof, could be 
reversed in future periods.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets within 
the Slovakia Automotive Experience entity would be utilized. Therefore, the Company released $13 million of valuation allowances in 
the three month period ended June 30, 2010.  

In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets within 
the Brazil Automotive Experience entity would be utilized. Therefore, the Company released $69 million of valuation allowances. This 
was comprised of a $93 million decrease in income tax expense offset by a $24 million reduction in cumulative translation adjustments.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company increased the valuation allowances by $20 million, which was substantially offset by a 
decrease in its reserves for uncertain tax positions in a similar amount. These adjustments were based on a review of tax return filing 
positions taken in these jurisdictions and the established reserves.  

Uncertain Tax Positions  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous non-U.S. jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining its 
worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, 
there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by 
tax authorities.  

34  

   
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Based on published case law in a non-U.S. jurisdiction and the settlement of a tax audit during the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the 
Company released net $38 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties.  

As a result of certain events related to prior year tax planning initiatives during the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company increased the 
reserve for uncertain tax positions by $31 million, including $26 million of interest and penalties.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company decreased its reserves for uncertain tax positions by $20 million, which was 
substantially offset by an increase in its valuation allowances in a similar amount. These adjustments were based on a review of tax filing 
positions taken in jurisdictions with valuation allowances as indicated above.  

The Company’s federal income tax returns and certain non-U.S. income tax returns for various fiscal years remain under various stages of 
audit by the Internal Revenue Service and respective non-U.S. tax authorities. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain, 
management believes that it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns and that its annual tax provisions included 
amounts sufficient to pay assessments, if any, which may be proposed by the taxing authorities. At September 30, 2011, the Company 
had recorded a liability for its best estimate of the probable loss on certain of its tax positions, the majority of which is included in other 
noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position. Nonetheless, the amounts ultimately paid, if any, upon 
resolution of the issues raised by the taxing authorities, may differ materially from the amounts accrued for each year.  

Impacts of Tax Legislation and Change in Statutory Tax Rates  

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2011, tax legislation was adopted in various jurisdictions. None of these changes had a 
material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

On March 23, 2010, the U.S. President signed into law comprehensive health care reform legislation under the Patient Protection and 
Affordable Care Act (HR3590). Included among the major provisions of the law was a change in the tax treatment of a portion of 
Medicare Part D medical payments. The Company recorded a noncash tax charge of approximately $18 million in the second quarter of 
fiscal year 2010 to reflect the impact of this change. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the amount decreased by $2 million resulting in 
an overall impact of $16 million.  

Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests  

(in millions) 
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2011       

2010      

Change   

$ 117      

$ 75      

   56 %  

The increase in income attributable to noncontrolling interests was primarily due to higher earnings at certain Automotive Experience 
partially-owned affiliates in North America and Asia, and a Power Solutions partially-owned affiliate.  

35  

   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

Net Income Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

(in millions) 
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

2011 

2010 

Change   

$ 1,415      

$ 1,307      

8 %  

The increase in net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. was primarily due to higher sales and equity income, and the favorable 
impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, provision for income 
taxes and income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Fiscal 2011 diluted earnings per share was $2.06 compared to prior year’s 
diluted earnings per share of $1.92.  

Segment Analysis  

Management evaluates the performance of its business units based primarily on segment income, which is defined as income from 
continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests excluding net financing charges, significant restructuring costs 
and net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans.  

Building Efficiency  

(in millions) 
North America Systems  
North America Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Net Sales:  

Net Sales 
for the Year Ended 
September 30, 

Segment Income 
for the Year Ended       

September 30, 

2011 

2010 

      Change   

2011 

2010 

      Change   

9 %     $  247       $  206          20 %  
    $  2,343       $  2,142         
3 %  
   121          117         
8 %    
       2,305          2,127         
       4,153          3,288          26 %    
40          -45 %  
   251          180          39 %  
       1,840          1,422          29 %    
       4,252          3,823          11 %    
   105          136          -23 %  
    $ 14,893       $ 12,802          16 %     $  746       $  679          10 %  

22         

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

   The increase in North America Systems was primarily due to higher volumes of equipment and controls systems in the commercial 
construction and replacement markets ($191 million), and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($10 million).  
   The increase in North America Service was primarily due to higher volumes, mainly driven by energy solutions and truck-based 

business ($120 million), incremental sales due to a prior year business acquisition ($46 million) and the favorable impact of foreign 
currency translation ($12 million).  
   The increase in Global Workplace Solutions was primarily due to a net increase in services to new and existing customers ($709 
million), and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($156 million).  
   The increase in Asia was primarily due to higher volumes of equipment and controls systems ($255 million), the favorable impact 

of foreign currency translation ($98 million), and higher service volumes including the negative impact of the Japan earthquake and 
related events ($65 million).  
   The increase in Other was primarily due to higher volumes in the Middle East ($198 million), Latin America ($107 million) and 
Europe ($39 million), and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($85 million).  

Segment Income:  

• 

   The increase in North America Systems was primarily due to higher volumes ($38 million), favorable margin rates ($25 million), 
prior year reserves for existing customers ($13 million) and the favorable  

36  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
     
   
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
   
     
  
     
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

• 

• 

• 

impact of foreign currency translation ($1 million), partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($36 
million).  
   The increase in North America Service was primarily due to prior year inventory adjustments and information technology 

implementation costs ($55 million), higher volumes ($25 million), lower selling, general and administrative expenses ($2 million) 
and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($1 million), partially offset by unfavorable mix and margin rates ($79 
million).  
   The decrease in Global Workplace Solutions was primarily due to unfavorable margin rates ($40 million) and higher selling, 

general and administrative expenses ($32 million), partially offset by higher volumes ($49 million) and the favorable impact of 
foreign currency translation ($5 million).  
   The increase in Asia was primarily due to higher volumes ($82 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation 
($15 million), partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($26 million).  
   The decrease in Other was primarily due to higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($41 million), restructuring costs 

($35 million), non-recurring charges related to South America indirect taxes ($24 million), unfavorable margin rates ($15 million) 
and distribution business costs ($11 million), partially offset by higher volumes ($75 million), higher equity income ($18 million) 
and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($2 million).  

Automotive Experience  

(in millions) 
North America  
Europe  
Asia  

Net Sales:  

Net Sales 
for the Year Ended 
September 30, 

Segment Income 
for the Year Ended       

September 30, 

2011 

2010 

      Change   

2011 

2010 

      Change   

    $  7,431       $  6,765          10 %     $  419       $  380          10 %  
   116          108         
      10,267          8,019          28 %    
7 %  
       2,367          1,826          30 %    
   245          109          125 %  
    $ 20,065       $ 16,610          21 %     $  780       $  597          31 %  

• 

   The increase in North America was primarily due to higher volumes to the Company’s major OEM customers ($779 million), 

incremental sales due to business acquisitions ($129 million) and net favorable commercial settlements and pricing ($21 million), 
partially offset by the negative impact of the Japan earthquake and related events ($263 million).  
   The increase in Europe was primarily due to higher volumes and new customer awards including the negative impact of the Japan 
earthquake and related events ($1.1 billion), incremental sales due to business acquisitions ($855 million) and the favorable impact 
of foreign currency translation ($295 million), partially offset by net unfavorable commercial settlements and pricing ($37 million).  
   The increase in Asia was primarily due to higher volumes and new customer awards including the negative impact of the Japan 
earthquake and related events ($455 million), the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($88 million) and incremental 
sales due to business acquisitions ($13 million), partially offset by unfavorable commercial settlements and pricing ($15 million).  

• 

• 

Segment Income:  

• 

   The increase in North America was primarily due to higher volumes ($160 million), higher equity income ($6 million), and net 

favorable commercial settlements and pricing ($5 million), partially offset by the negative impact of the earthquake in Japan and 
related events ($61 million), higher selling, general and administrative expenses net of a legal settlement award ($36 million), 
higher engineering expenses ($27 million) and higher purchasing costs ($8 million).  
   The increase in Europe was primarily due to higher volumes including the negative impact of the earthquake in Japan and related 

• 

events ($95 million), operating income of current year acquisitions ($75 million), lower selling, general and administrative expenses 
($16 million) and the favorable impact of  

37  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
     
  
  
   
     
  
     
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

foreign currency translation ($9 million), partially offset by costs related to business acquisitions ($64 million), higher operating 
costs ($58 million), unfavorable commercial settlements and pricing ($34 million), higher engineering expenses ($22 million) and 
higher purchasing costs ($9 million).  
   The increase in Asia was primarily due to higher volumes including the negative impact of the earthquake in Japan and related 
events ($84 million), higher equity income mainly in China ($55 million), prior year asset impairment charges in Japan ($22 
million), lower purchasing costs ($19 million), lower operating costs ($13 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency 
translation ($4 million), partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses ($33 million), unfavorable pricing 
($16 million) and higher engineering expenses ($12 million).  

Power Solutions  

Year Ended 
September 30, 

• 

• 

(in millions) 
Net sales  
Segment income  
   Net sales increased primarily due to the impact of higher lead costs on pricing ($287 million), higher sales volumes including the 

   20 %  
   22 %  

$ 4,893      
   672      

$ 5,875      
   821      

Change   

2011 

2010 

negative impact of the earthquake in Japan and related events ($283 million), sales associated with a prior year business acquisition 
($261 million), favorable price/product mix ($81 million) and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($70 million).  
   Segment income increased primarily due to favorable pricing and product mix net of lead and other commodity costs ($145 

million); higher sales volumes ($56 million); a gain on acquisition of a partially-owned affiliate net of acquisition costs and related 
purchase accounting adjustments and a partially-owned equity affiliate’s restatement of prior period income ($37 million); income 
associated with a prior year business acquisition ($30 million); and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation ($8 
million); partially offset by higher operating and transportation costs ($44 million); higher selling, general and administrative 
expenses ($38 million); prior year net gain on acquisition of a Korean partially-owned affiliate ($37 million); and lower equity 
income ($8 million).  

GOODWILL, LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND OTHER INVESTMENTS  

Goodwill at September 30, 2012 was $7.0 billion, $34 million lower than the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to the impact of 
foreign currency translation and current year business divestitures, partially offset by business acquisitions.  

Goodwill reflects the cost of an acquisition in excess of the fair values assigned to identifiable net assets acquired. The Company reviews 
goodwill for impairment during the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might 
be impaired. The Company performs impairment reviews for its reporting units, which have been determined to be the Company’s 
reportable segments or one level below the reportable segments in certain instances, using a fair-value method based on management’s 
judgments and assumptions or third party valuations. The fair value of a reporting unit refers to the price that would be received to sell the 
unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In estimating the fair value, the Company 
uses multiples of earnings based on the average of historical, published multiples of earnings of comparable entities with similar 
operations and economic characteristics. In certain instances, the Company uses discounted cash flow analyses to further support the fair 
value estimates. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, 
“Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” The estimated fair value is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, 
including recorded goodwill. The Company is subject to financial statement risk to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the 
estimated fair value. The impairment testing performed by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, 2011 and 2010 
indicated that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit substantially exceeded its corresponding carrying amount including recorded 
goodwill, and as such, no impairment existed at September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010. No reporting unit was determined to be at risk of 
failing step one of the goodwill impairment test. While at September 30, 2012 the estimated fair value of each reporting unit substantially 
exceeded its corresponding carrying amount including recorded goodwill, a prolonged significant decline in the European automotive 
industry could put the Company at risk of not achieving future growth assumptions and could  

38  

   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
  
   
     
  
  
   
     
     
   
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

result in impairment of goodwill or other long-lived assets, or result in additional restructuring actions, within the Automotive Experience 
Europe segment, which could be material to the consolidated financial statements.  

Indefinite lived other intangible assets are also subject to at least annual impairment testing. Other intangible assets with definite lives 
continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment testing if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the asset might be impaired. A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing 
the impairment tests. While the Company believes the judgments and assumptions used in the impairment tests are reasonable and no 
impairment existed at September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, different assumptions could change the estimated fair values and, therefore, 
impairment charges could be required, which could be material to the consolidated financial statements.  

The Company reviews the realizability of its deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected financial results 
of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive or negative 
evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation allowances 
may be necessary. Given the current economic uncertainty, it is reasonably possible that over the next twelve months, valuation 
allowances against deferred tax assets in certain jurisdictions may result in a net increase to tax expense of up to $400 million.  

The Company has certain subsidiaries, mainly located in France and Spain, which have generated operating and/or capital losses and, in 
certain circumstances, have limited loss carryforward periods. In accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” the Company is required to 
record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not the Company will not utilize deductible amounts or net operating losses for 
each legal entity or consolidated group based on the tax rules in the applicable jurisdiction, evaluating both positive and negative 
historical evidences as well as expected future events and tax planning strategies.  

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. The Company conducts its long-lived asset impairment analyses in accordance with ASC 360-10-15, 
“Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” ASC 360-10-15 requires the Company to group assets and liabilities at the lowest level 
for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group 
against the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows. If the undiscounted cash flows do not indicate the carrying amount of the asset 
group is recoverable, an impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair 
value based on discounted cash flow analysis or appraisals.  

In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2012, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for 
certain of its long-lived assets in conjunction with its 2012 restructuring plan. In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the 
Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for certain of its long-lived assets due to volume 
declines in the European automotive markets. As a result, the Company reviewed the long-lived assets for impairment and recorded a $39 
million impairment charge within restructuring costs on the consolidated statement of income, of which $3 million was recorded in the 
third quarter and $36 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. Of the total impairment charge, $14 million related to the Power 
Solutions segment, $11 million related to the Automotive Experience Europe segment, $4 million related to the Building Efficiency Other 
segment and $10 million related to corporate assets. Refer to Note 15, “Significant Restructuring Costs,” of the notes to consolidated 
financial statements for further information regarding the 2012 Plan. The impairment was measured, depending on the asset, either under 
an income approach utilizing forecasted discounted cash flows or a market approach utilizing an appraisal to determine fair values of the 
impairment assets. These methods are consistent with the methods the Company employed in prior periods to value other long-lived 
assets. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, “Fair 
Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to an equity investment. Refer to Note 10, “Fair 
Value Measurements,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.  

At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company concluded it did not have any other triggering events requiring assessment of impairment 
of its long-lived assets.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment of its long-lived 
assets due to the planned relocation of a plant in Japan in the Automotive Experience Asia segment. As a result, the Company reviewed 
its long-lived assets for impairment and recorded an $11 million  

39  

   
Table of Contents  

impairment charge within cost of sales in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 related to the Automotive Experience Asia segment. The 
impairment was measured under a market approach utilizing an appraisal. The inputs utilized in the analysis are classified as Level 3 
inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment of its long-lived 
assets due to the planned relocation of its headquarters building in Japan in the Automotive Experience Asia segment. As a result, the 
Company reviewed its long-lived assets for impairment and recorded an $11 million impairment charge within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the third quarter of fiscal 2010 related to the Automotive Experience Asia segment. The impairment was 
measured under a market approach utilizing an appraisal. The inputs utilized in the analysis are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair 
value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment of its long-
lived assets due to planned plant closures for the Automotive Experience North America segment. These closures are a result of the 
Company’s revised restructuring actions to the 2008 restructuring plan. As a result, the Company reviewed its long-lived assets for 
impairment and recorded a $19 million impairment charge in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 related to the Automotive Experience 
North America segment. This impairment charge was offset by a decrease in the Company’s restructuring reserve related to the 2008 
restructuring plan due to lower employee severance and termination benefit cash payments than previously expected. The impairment 
was measured under an income approach utilizing forecasted discounted cash flows to determine the fair value of the impaired assets. 
This method is consistent with the method the Company has employed in prior periods to value other long-lived assets. The inputs 
utilized in the discounted cash flow analysis are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, “Fair 
Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  

Investments in partially-owned affiliates (“affiliates”) at September 30, 2012 were $948 million, $137 million higher than the prior year. 
The increase was primarily due to positive earnings by affiliates in all businesses, primarily in the Automotive Experience Asia and 
Power Solutions segments, and an acquisition of additional interests in a Power Solutions affiliate, partially offset by dividends paid by 
affiliates and the acquisition of the controlling interest in a formerly unconsolidated Power Solutions affiliate.  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Working Capital  

(in millions) 
Current assets  
Current liabilities  

September 30,      

September 30,      

2012 

2011 

Change   

$  12,673      
(10,855 )    
1,818      

$  12,015     
(10,782 )    
1,233     

   47 %  

Less: Cash  
Add: Short-term debt  
Add: Current portion of long-term debt  
Working capital  
Accounts receivable  
Inventories  
Accounts payable  
   The Company defines working capital as current assets less current liabilities, excluding cash, short-term debt, and the current 
portion of long-term debt. Management believes that this measure of working capital, which excludes financing-related items, 
provides a more useful measurement of the Company’s operating performance.  
   The increase in working capital at September 30, 2012 as compared to September 30, 2011 was primarily due to higher accounts 

257     
596     
17     
1,589     

265      
323      
424      
2,300      

7,308      
2,227      
6,114      

7,151     
2,316     
6,159     

2 %  
-4 %  
-1 %  

   45 %  

$ 

$ 

• 

• 

receivable from higher sales volumes, lower accounts payable primarily due to timing of supplier payments, lower accrued 
compensation and benefits primarily due to lower incentive compensation, and higher other current assets, partially offset by lower 
inventory levels based on increased turnover.  

40  

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

   The Company’s days sales in accounts receivable increased to 55 at September 30, 2012 from 52 for the prior year. The increase in 

accounts receivable compared to September 30, 2011 was primarily due to increased sales in the current year and timing of 
customer receipts. There has been no significant adverse change in the level of overdue receivables or changes in revenue 
recognition methods.  
   The Company’s inventory turns during fiscal 2012 were higher compared to the prior year primarily due to increased sales volumes 
and improvements in inventory management.  
   Days in accounts payable at September 30, 2012 increased to 72 days from 71 days at September 30, 2011 primarily due to the 
timing of supplier payments.  

• 

• 

Cash Flows  

(in millions) 
Cash provided by operating activities  
Cash used by investing activities  
Cash provided by financing activities  
Capital expenditures  

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 
2012 

$  1,559      
   (1,792 )    
207      
   (1,831 )    

$  1,076   
   (2,637 )  
   1,239   
   (1,325 )  

• 

   The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to changes in accounts receivable, inventory and 

• 

• 

• 

restructuring reserves; partially offset by changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, other assets and accrued income taxes; 
and lower net income.  
   The decrease in cash used by investing activities was primarily due to lower cash paid for acquisitions of businesses and cash 
received for business divestitures, partially offset by higher capital expenditures.  
   The decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to a prior year $1.6 billion bond issuance, and current year 
cash paid to repurchase stock and acquire noncontrolling interests, partially offset by a current year $1.1 billion bond issuance and 
lower repayments of debt. Refer to Note 8, “Debt and Financing Arrangements,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements 
for further discussion on debt issuances and debt levels.  
   The increase in capital expenditures in the current year primarily related to capacity increases and vertical integration efforts in the 
Power Solutions business, program spending for new customer launches in the Automotive Experience business, and increased 
investments to support customer growth and enhance the Company’s strategic footprint primarily in Southeast Asia.  

Capitalization  

(in millions) 
Short-term debt  
Current portion of long-term debt  
Long-term debt  
Total debt  
Shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Total capitalization  

September 30,   
2012 

September 30,   
2011 

Change   

$ 

323   
424   
5,321   
6,068   
11,555   
$  17,623   

$ 

$ 

596   
17   
4,533   
5,146   
11,042   
$  16,188   

$ 

   18 %  
5 %  
9 %  

Total debt as a % of total capitalization  

34 %    

32 %    

• 

• 

   The Company believes the percentage of total debt to total capitalization is useful to understanding the Company’s financial 
condition as it provides a review of the extent to which the Company relies on external debt financing for its funding and is a 
measure of risk to its shareholders.  
   At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had committed bilateral euro denominated revolving credit facilities totaling 

237 million euro and 223 million euro, respectively. Additionally, at September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had committed 
bilateral U.S. dollar denominated revolving credit facilities totaling $185  

41  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
   
     
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

million and $50 million, respectively. There were no draws on any of the revolving facilities for the respective periods. As of 
September 30, 2012, facilities for $185 million and 137 million euro are scheduled to expire in fiscal 2013, and a facility for 
100 million euro is scheduled to expire in fiscal 2014.  
   In November 2010, the Company repaid debt of $82 million which was acquired as part of an acquisition in the first quarter of 
fiscal 2011. The Company used cash to repay the debt.  
   In January 2011, the Company retired $654 million in principal amount, plus accrued interest, of its 5.25% fixed rate notes that 
matured on January 15, 2011. The Company used cash to fund the payment.  
   In February 2011, the Company issued $350 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior unsecured notes due in fiscal 

2014, $450 million aggregate principal amount of 1.75% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2014, $500 million 
aggregate principal amount of 4.25% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2021 and $300 million aggregate principal 
amount of 5.7% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2041. Aggregate net proceeds of $1.6 billion from the issues were 
used for general corporate purposes including the retirement of short-term debt.  
   In February 2011, the Company entered into a six-year, 100 million euro, floating rate loan scheduled to mature in February 2017. 
Proceeds from the facility were used for general corporate purposes.  
   In February 2011, the Company replaced its $2.05 billion committed five-year credit facility, scheduled to mature in December 

2011, with a $2.5 billion committed four-year credit facility scheduled to mature in February 2015. The facility is used to support 
the Company’s outstanding commercial paper. At September 30, 2012, there were no draws on the facility.  
   In April 2011, a total of 157,820 equity units, which had a purchase contract settlement date of March 31, 2012, were early 

exercised. As a result, the Company issued 766,673 shares of Johnson Controls, Inc. common stock and approximately $8 million 
of 11.5% notes due 2042.  
   In November 2011, the Company issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 2.6% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in 

fiscal 2017, $450 million aggregate principal amount of 3.75% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2022 and $250 
million aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2042. Aggregate net proceeds of $1.1 
billion from the issues were used for general corporate purposes, including the retirement of short-term debt and contributions to the 
Company’s pension and postretirement plans.  
   In December 2011, the Company entered into a five-year, 75 million euro, floating rate credit facility scheduled to mature in 

February 2017. The Company drew on the credit facility during the second quarter of fiscal 2012. Proceeds from the facility were 
used for general corporate purposes.  
   In March 2012, the Company remarketed $46 million aggregate principal amount of 11.5% subordinated notes due in fiscal 2042, 

on behalf of holders of Corporate Units and holders of separate notes, by issuing $46 million aggregate principal amount of 2.355% 
senior notes due on March 31, 2017.  
   The Company also selectively makes use of short-term credit lines. The Company estimates that, as of September 30, 2012, it could 
borrow up to $1.9 billion at its current debt ratings on committed credit lines.  
   The Company believes its capital resources and liquidity position at September 30, 2012 are adequate to meet projected needs. The 

Company believes requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, dividends, minimum pension contributions, debt 
maturities, announced acquisitions and any potential acquisitions in fiscal 2013 will continue to be funded from operations, 
supplemented by short- and long-term borrowings, if required. The Company currently manages its short-term debt position in the 
U.S. and euro commercial paper markets and bank loan markets. In the event the Company is unable to issue commercial paper, it 
would have the ability to draw on its $2.5 billion revolving credit facility, which matures in February 2015. There were no draws on 
the revolving credit facility as of September 30, 2012. As such, the Company believes it has sufficient financial resources to fund 
operations and meet its obligations for the foreseeable future.  
   The Company earns a significant amount of its operating income outside the U.S., which is deemed to be permanently reinvested in 
foreign jurisdictions. The Company currently does not intend nor foresee a need to repatriate these funds. The Company’s intent is 
for such earnings to be reinvested by the subsidiaries or to be repatriated only when it would be tax effective through the utilization 
of foreign tax credits. The Company expects existing domestic cash and liquidity to continue to be sufficient to fund the Company’s 
domestic operating activities and cash commitments for investing and financing activities for at least the next twelve months and 
thereafter for the foreseeable future. In addition, the Company expects existing foreign cash, cash equivalents, short-term 
investments and cash flows from operations to continue to be sufficient to fund the Company’s foreign operating activities and cash 
commitments for investing activities, such as material capital  

42  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

• 

expenditures, for at least the next twelve months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. Should the Company require more capital 
in the U.S. than is generated by operations domestically, the Company could elect to raise capital in the U.S. through debt or equity 
issuances. This alternative could result in increased interest expense or other dilution of the Company’s earnings. The Company has 
borrowed funds domestically and continues to have the ability to borrow funds domestically at reasonable interest rates.  
   The Company’s debt financial covenants require a minimum consolidated shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, 
Inc. of at least $3.5 billion at all times and allow a maximum aggregated amount of 10% of consolidated shareholders’ equity 
attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. for liens and pledges. For purposes of calculating the Company’s covenants, consolidated 
shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. is calculated without giving effect to (i) the application of ASC 715-60, 
“Defined Benefit Plans - Other Postretirement,” or (ii) the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment. As of September 30, 
2012, consolidated shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. as defined per the Company’s debt financial 
covenants was $11.2 billion and there were no outstanding amounts for liens and pledges. The Company expects to remain in 
compliance with all covenants and other requirements set forth in its credit agreements and indentures for the foreseeable future. 
None of the Company’s debt agreements limit access to stated borrowing levels or require accelerated repayment in the event of a 
decrease in the Company’s credit rating.  

A summary of the Company’s significant contractual obligations as of September 30, 2012 is as follows (in millions):  

Contractual Obligations  

Long-term debt  

(including capital lease obligations)*  

Interest on long-term debt  

(including capital lease obligations)*  

Operating leases  
Purchase obligations  
Pension and postretirement contributions  
Total contractual cash obligations  

Total 

2013 

2014-2015      

2016-2017      

2018 
and Beyond   

    $  5,745       $  424       $  1,072       $  1,645       $  2,604   

   2,566      

   233      

978      

   315      

   2,175      

  1,732      

413      

402      

396      

305      

   1,615   

174      

40      

87   

7   

382      

187   
    $ 11,846       $ 2,798       $  2,330       $  2,218       $  4,500   

94      

47      

54      

*  See “Capitalization” for additional information related to the Company’s long-term debt. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND POLICIES  

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America (U.S. GAAP). This requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and related 
disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following policies are considered by management to be the most critical 
in understanding the judgments that are involved in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the 
uncertainties that could impact the Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows.  

Revenue Recognition  

The Company’s Building Efficiency business recognizes revenue from certain long-term contracts over the contractual period under the 
percentage-of-completion (POC) method of accounting. This method of accounting recognizes sales and gross profit as work is 
performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs at completion. Recognized revenues that will 
not be billed under the terms of the contract until a later date are recorded in unbilled accounts receivable. Likewise, contracts where 
billings to date have exceeded recognized revenues are recorded in other current liabilities. Changes to the original estimates may be 
required during the life of the contract and such estimates are reviewed monthly. Sales and gross profit are adjusted using the cumulative 
catch-up method for revisions in estimated total contract costs and contract values. Estimated losses are recorded when identified. Claims 
against customers are recognized as revenue upon settlement. The amount of  

43  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
   
     
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

accounts receivable due after one year is not significant. The use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates 
in determining revenues, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods. The periodic reviews have not resulted in 
adjustments that were significant to the Company’s results of operations. The Company continually evaluates all of the assumptions, risks 
and uncertainties inherent with the application of the POC method of accounting.  

The Building Efficiency business enters into extended warranties and long-term service and maintenance agreements with certain 
customers. For these arrangements, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective contract term.  

The Company’s Building Efficiency business also sells certain heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) and refrigeration 
products and services in bundled arrangements, where multiple products and/or services are involved. In accordance with ASU No. 2009-
13, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements - A Consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task 
Force,” the Company divides bundled arrangements into separate deliverables and revenue is allocated to each deliverable based on the 
relative selling price method. Significant deliverables within these arrangements include equipment, commissioning, service labor and 
extended warranties. In order to estimate relative selling price, market data and transfer price studies are utilized. Approximately four to 
twelve months separate the timing of the first deliverable until the last piece of equipment is delivered, and there may be extended 
warranty arrangements with duration of one to five years commencing upon the end of the standard warranty period.  

In all other cases, the Company recognizes revenue at the time title passes to the customer or as services are performed.  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  

Goodwill reflects the cost of an acquisition in excess of the fair values assigned to identifiable net assets acquired. The Company reviews 
goodwill for impairment during the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might 
be impaired. The Company performs impairment reviews for its reporting units, which have been determined to be the Company’s 
reportable segments or one level below the reportable segments in certain instances, using a fair-value method based on management’s 
judgments and assumptions or third party valuations. The fair value of a reporting unit refers to the price that would be received to sell the 
unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In estimating the fair value, the Company 
uses multiples of earnings based on the average of historical, published multiples of earnings of comparable entities with similar 
operations and economic characteristics. In certain instances, the Company uses discounted cash flow analyses to further support the fair 
value estimates. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, 
“Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” The estimated fair value is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, 
including recorded goodwill. The Company is subject to financial statement risk to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the 
estimated fair value. The impairment testing performed by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, 2011 and 2010 
indicated that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit substantially exceeded its corresponding carrying amount including recorded 
goodwill, and as such, no impairment existed at September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010. No reporting unit was determined to be at risk of 
failing step one of the goodwill impairment test. While at September 30, 2012 the estimated fair value of each reporting unit substantially 
exceeded its corresponding carrying amount including recorded goodwill, a prolonged significant decline in the European automotive 
industry could put the Company at risk of not achieving future growth assumptions and could result in impairment of goodwill or other 
long-lived assets, or result in additional restructuring actions, within the Automotive Experience Europe segment, which could be 
material to the consolidated financial statements.  

Indefinite lived other intangible assets are also subject to at least annual impairment testing. Other intangible assets with definite lives 
continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment testing if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the asset might be impaired. A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing 
the impairment tests. While the Company believes the judgments and assumptions used in the impairment tests are reasonable and no 
impairment existed at September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, different assumptions could change the estimated fair values and, therefore, 
impairment charges could be required, which could be material to the consolidated financial statements.  

44  

   
Table of Contents  

Employee Benefit Plans  

The Company provides a range of benefits to its employees and retired employees, including pensions and postretirement benefits. Plan 
assets and obligations are measured annually, or more frequently if there is a remeasurement event, based on the Company’s 
measurement date utilizing various actuarial assumptions such as discount rates, assumed rates of return, compensation increases, 
turnover rates and health care cost trend rates as of that date. The Company reviews its actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and 
makes modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company changed its accounting policy for recognizing pension and postretirement benefit 
expenses. The Company’s historical accounting treatment smoothed asset returns and amortized deferred actuarial gains and losses over 
future years. By adopting the new mark-to-market accounting method, the Company recognizes these gains and losses in the fourth 
quarter of each fiscal year or at the date of a remeasurement event. The Company believes this new policy is preferable and provides 
greater transparency to on-going operational results. The change has no impact on future pension and postretirement funding or benefits 
paid to participants. These changes have been reported through retrospective application of the new policy to all periods presented.  

U.S. GAAP requires that companies recognize in the statement of financial position a liability for defined benefit pension and 
postretirement plans that are underfunded or unfunded, or an asset for defined benefit pension and postretirement plans that are 
overfunded. U.S. GAAP also requires that companies measure the benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets that determine a benefit 
plan’s funded status as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end.  

The Company considers the expected benefit payments on a plan-by-plan basis when setting assumed discount rates. As a result, the 
Company uses different discount rates for each plan depending on the plan jurisdiction, the demographics of participants and the expected 
timing of benefit payments. For the U.S. pension and postretirement plans, the Company uses a discount rate provided by an independent 
third party calculated based on an appropriate mix of high quality bonds. For the non-U.S. pension and postretirement plans, the 
Company consistently uses the relevant country specific benchmark indices for determining the various discount rates. The Company’s 
discount rate on U.S. plans was 4.15% and 5.25% at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company’s weighted average 
discount rate on non-U.S. plans was 3.40% and 4.00% at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

In estimating the expected return on plan assets, the Company considers the historical returns on plan assets, adjusted for forward-looking 
considerations, inflation assumptions and the impact of the active management of the plans’ invested assets. Reflecting the relatively 
long-term nature of the plans’ obligations, approximately 50% of the plans’ assets are invested in equities, with the remainder primarily 
invested in fixed income and alternative investments. For the years ending September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company’s expected long-
term return on U.S. pension plan assets used to determine net periodic benefit cost was 8.50%. The actual rate of return on U.S. pension 
plans was above 8.50% in fiscal 2012 and below 8.50% in fiscal 2011. For the years ending September 30, 2012 and 2011, the 
Company’s weighted average expected long-term return on non-U.S. pension plan assets was 5.15% and 5.50%, respectively. Plan assets 
for the Company’s postretirement plans were contributed at the end of fiscal 2011 and were not contemplated in fiscal 2011 net periodic 
benefit costs. For the year ending September 30, 2012, the Company’s weighted average expected long-term return on postretirement 
plan assets was 6.30%. The actual rate of return on postretirement plan assets was above 6.30% in fiscal 2012.  

Beginning in fiscal 2013, the Company believes the long-term rate of return will approximate 8.00%, 4.55% and 5.80% for U.S. pension, 
non-U.S. pension and postretirement plans, respectively. Any differences between actual investment results and the expected long-term 
asset returns will be reflected in net periodic benefit costs in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. If the Company’s actual returns on plan 
assets are less than the Company’s expectations, additional contributions may be required.  

In fiscal 2012, total employer and employee contributions to the defined benefit pension plans were $364 million, of which $266 million 
were voluntary contributions made by the Company. The Company expects to contribute approximately $100 million in cash to its 
defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 2013. In fiscal 2012, total employer and employee contributions to the postretirement plans 
were $63 million, of which $60 million were voluntary contributions made by the Company. The Company does not expect to make any 
significant contributions to its postretirement plans in fiscal year 2013.  

45  

   
Table of Contents  

Based on information provided by its independent actuaries and other relevant sources, the Company believes that the assumptions used 
are reasonable; however, changes in these assumptions could impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows.  

Product Warranties  

The Company offers warranties to its customers depending upon the specific product and terms of the customer purchase agreement. A 
typical warranty program requires that the Company replace defective products within a specified time period from the date of sale. The 
Company records an estimate of future warranty-related costs based on actual historical return rates and other known factors. Based on 
analysis of return rates and other factors, the adequacy of the Company’s warranty provisions are adjusted as necessary. At September 30, 
2012, the Company had recorded $278 million of warranty reserves. The Company monitors its warranty activity and adjusts its reserve 
estimates when it is probable that future warranty costs will be different than those estimates.  

Income Taxes  

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities 
and their respective tax bases and operating loss and other loss carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using 
enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or 
settled. The Company records a valuation allowance that primarily represents non-U.S. operating and other loss carryforwards for which 
utilization is uncertain. Management judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets 
and liabilities and the valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s net deferred tax assets. In calculating the provision for income 
taxes on an interim basis, the Company uses an estimate of the annual effective tax rate based upon the facts and circumstances known at 
each interim period. On a quarterly basis, the actual effective tax rate is adjusted as appropriate based upon the actual results as compared 
to those forecasted at the beginning of the fiscal year. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected 
financial results of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive 
or negative evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation 
allowance may be necessary. At September 30, 2012, the Company had a valuation allowance of $766 million, of which $619 million 
relates to net operating loss carryforwards primarily in France and Spain, for which sustainable taxable income has not been 
demonstrated; and $147 million for other deferred tax assets. Given the current economic uncertainty, it is reasonably possible that over 
the next twelve months, valuation allowances against deferred tax assets in certain jurisdictions may result in a net increase to tax expense 
of up to $400 million.  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous non-U.S. jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining its 
worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, 
there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by 
tax authorities. At September 30, 2012, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $1,465 million.  

The Company does not provide additional U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of non-U.S. consolidated subsidiaries included in 
shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. Such earnings could become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these non-
U.S. subsidiaries or upon dividend repatriation. The Company’s intent is for such earnings to be reinvested by the subsidiaries or to be 
repatriated only when it would be tax effective through the utilization of foreign tax credits. Refer to “Capitalization” within the 
“Liquidity and Capital Resources” section for discussion of domestic and foreign cash projections.  

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2012-02, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): 
Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” ASU No. 2012-02 provides companies an option first to assess qualitative 
factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived 
intangible asset is impaired. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the 
indefinite-lived intangible assets is impaired, then the Company is not required to take further action. ASU No. 2012-02 will be effective 
for the Company for impairment tests of indefinite-lived intangible assets performed in the fiscal year ending September 30, 2013, with 
early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and 
results of operations.  

46  

   
Table of Contents  

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and 
Liabilities.” ASU No. 2011-11 requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures of gross and net information regarding financial 
instruments and derivative instruments that are offset or eligible for offset in the consolidated statement of financial position. ASU 
No. 2011-11 will be effective for the Company for the quarter ending December 31, 2013. The adoption of this guidance will have no 
impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations.  

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-09, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Multiemployer Plans (Subtopic 715-80): 
Disclosures about an Employer’s Participation in a Multiemployer Plan.” ASU No. 2011-09 requires additional quantitative and 
qualitative disclosures about an employer’s participation in multiemployer pension plans, including disclosure of the name and 
identifying number of the significant multiemployer plans in which the employer participates, the level of the employer’s participation in 
the plans, the financial health of the plans and the nature of the employer commitments to the plans. ASU No. 2011-09 was effective for 
the Company for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2012. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial condition and results of operations. Refer to Note 14, “Retirement Plans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for 
disclosures surrounding the Company’s participation in multiemployer pension plans.  

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for 
Impairment.” ASU No. 2011-08 provides companies an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further goodwill 
impairment testing is necessary. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that a reporting 
unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, the two-step quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is 
required. ASU No. 2011-08 will be effective for the Company for goodwill impairment tests performed in the fiscal year ending 
September 30, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial condition and results of operations.  

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 
No. 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. 
All non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity instead must be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive 
income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU No. 2011-05 will be effective for the Company for the quarter ending 
December 31, 2012. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of 
operations.  

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value 
Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU No. 2011-04 clarifies and changes the application of various 
fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements, and was effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of 
fiscal 2012 (January 1, 2012). The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results 
of operations. Refer to Note 10, “Fair Value Measurements,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosures surrounding 
the Company’s fair value measurements.  

RISK MANAGEMENT  

The Company selectively uses derivative instruments to reduce market risk associated with changes in foreign currency, commodities, 
interest rates and stock-based compensation. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to clearly defined policies and 
procedures, which strictly prohibit the use of financial instruments for speculative purposes. At the inception of the hedge, the Company 
assesses the effectiveness of the hedge instrument and designates the hedge instrument as either (1) a hedge of a recognized asset or 
liability or of a recognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows 
to be received or paid related to an unrecognized asset or liability (a cash flow hedge) or (3) a hedge of a net investment in a non-U.S. 
operation (a net investment hedge). The Company performs hedge effectiveness testing on an ongoing basis depending on the type of 
hedging instrument used. All other derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” are 
revalued in the consolidated statements of income.  

For all foreign currency derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, retrospective effectiveness is tested on a monthly basis 
using a cumulative dollar offset test. The fair value of the hedged exposures and the fair value of the hedge instruments are revalued and 
the ratio of the cumulative sum of the periodic changes in the value of the hedge instruments to the cumulative sum of the periodic 
changes in the value of the hedge is calculated. The hedge  

47  

   
Table of Contents  

is deemed as highly effective if the ratio is between 80% and 125%. For commodity derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges, 
effectiveness is tested using a regression calculation. Ineffectiveness is minimal as the Company aligns most of the critical terms of its 
derivatives with the supply contracts.  

For net investment hedges, the Company assesses its net investment positions in the non-U.S. operations and compares it with the 
outstanding net investment hedges on a quarterly basis. The hedge is deemed effective if the aggregate outstanding principal of the hedge 
instruments designated as the net investment hedge in a non-U.S. operation does not exceed the Company’s net investment positions in 
the respective non-U.S. operation.  

The Company selectively uses interest rate swaps to reduce market risk associated with changes in interest rates for its fixed-rate bonds. 
For the five fixed to floating interest rate swaps totaling $450 million to hedge the coupon of its 1.75% notes maturing March 2014, the 
Company elected the short cut method as the criteria to apply the short cut method as defined in ASC 815 was met and the critical terms 
for both the hedge and underlying hedged item are identical at inception of the hedge and the presented reporting periods. In applying the 
short cut method, the Company is allowed to assume zero ineffectiveness without performing detailed effectiveness assessments and does 
not record any ineffectiveness related to the hedge relationship. For remaining interest rate swaps, the long-haul method is used. The 
Company therefore assesses retrospective and prospective effectiveness on a quarterly basis and records any measured ineffectiveness in 
the consolidated statements of income.  

Equity swaps and any other derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 require no assessment of 
effectiveness on a quarterly basis.  

A discussion of the Company’s accounting policies for derivative financial instruments is included in Note 1, “Summary of Significant 
Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements, and further disclosure relating to derivatives and hedging 
activities is included in Note 9, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” and Note 10, “Fair Value Measurements,” of the notes 
to consolidated financial statements.  

Foreign Exchange  

The Company has manufacturing, sales and distribution facilities around the world and thus makes investments and enters into 
transactions denominated in various foreign currencies. In order to maintain strict control and achieve the benefits of the Company’s 
global diversification, foreign exchange exposures for each currency are netted internally so that only its net foreign exchange exposures 
are, as appropriate, hedged with financial instruments.  

The Company hedges 70% to 90% of the nominal amount of each of its known foreign exchange transactional exposures. The Company 
primarily enters into foreign currency exchange contracts to reduce the earnings and cash flow impact of the variation of non-functional 
currency denominated receivables and payables. Gains and losses resulting from hedging instruments offset the foreign exchange gains or 
losses on the underlying assets and liabilities being hedged. The maturities of the forward exchange contracts generally coincide with the 
settlement dates of the related transactions. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are recognized in the same period 
as gains and losses on the hedged items. The Company also selectively hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign 
exchange exposure, primarily with foreign currency exchange contracts, which are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with 
ASC 815. At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company estimates that an unfavorable 10% change in the exchange rates would have 
decreased net unrealized gains by approximately $23 million and $54 million, respectively.  

The Company has entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps to selectively hedge portions of its net investment in Japan. The 
currency effects of the cross-currency interest rate swaps are reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) account 
within shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. where they offset gains and losses recorded on the Company’s net 
investment in Japan.  

Interest Rates  

The Company uses interest rate swaps to offset its exposure to interest rate movements. In accordance with ASC 815, these outstanding 
swaps qualify and are designated as fair value hedges. As of September 30, 2012, the Company had eight interest rate swaps totaling 
$850 million outstanding. A 10% increase in the average cost of the Company’s variable rate debt would result in an unfavorable change 
in pre-tax interest expense of approximately $3 million and $5 million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

48  

   
Table of Contents  

Commodities  

The Company uses commodity contracts in the financial derivatives market in cases where commodity price risk cannot be naturally 
offset or hedged through supply base fixed price contracts. Commodity risks are systematically managed pursuant to policy guidelines. 
As a cash flow hedge, gains and losses resulting from the hedging instruments offset the gains or losses on purchases of the underlying 
commodities that will be used in the business. The maturities of the commodity contracts coincide with the expected purchase of the 
commodities.  

ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY AND OTHER MATTERS  

The Company’s global operations are governed by environmental laws and worker safety laws. Under various circumstances, these laws 
impose civil and criminal penalties and fines, as well as injunctive and remedial relief, for noncompliance and require remediation at sites 
where Company-related substances have been released into the environment.  

The Company has expended substantial resources globally, both financial and managerial, to comply with applicable environmental laws 
and worker safety laws and to protect the environment and workers. The Company believes it is in substantial compliance with such laws 
and maintains procedures designed to foster and ensure compliance. However, the Company has been, and in the future may become, the 
subject of formal or informal enforcement actions or proceedings regarding noncompliance with such laws or the remediation of 
Company-related substances released into the environment. Such matters typically are resolved by negotiation with regulatory authorities 
resulting in commitments to compliance, abatement or remediation programs and in some cases payment of penalties. Historically, 
neither such commitments nor penalties imposed on the Company have been material.  

Environmental considerations are a part of all significant capital expenditure decisions; however, expenditures in fiscal 2012 related 
solely to environmental compliance were not material. At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded environmental liabilities 
of $25 million and $30 million, respectively. A charge to income is recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the 
amount of the liability is reasonably estimable. The Company’s environmental liabilities do not take into consideration any possible 
recoveries of future insurance proceeds. Because of the uncertainties associated with environmental remediation activities at sites where 
the Company may be potentially liable, future expenses to remediate identified sites could be considerably higher than the accrued 
liability. However, while neither the timing nor the amount of ultimate costs associated with known environmental remediation matters 
can be determined at this time, the Company does not expect that these matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the Company has identified asset retirement obligations for environmental 
matters that are expected to be addressed at the retirement, disposal, removal or abandonment of existing owned facilities, primarily in the 
Power Solutions business. At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded conditional asset retirement obligations of $76 
million and $91 million, respectively.  

Additionally, the Company is involved in a number of product liability and various other casualty lawsuits incident to the operation of its 
businesses. The Company maintains insurance coverages and records estimated costs for claims and suits of this nature. It is 
management’s opinion that none of these will have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations 
or cash flows (see Note 20, “Commitments and Contingencies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements). Costs related to such 
matters were not material to the periods presented.  

49  

   
Table of Contents  

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA  

Previously reported quarterly amounts have been updated to reflect the retrospective application of the Company’s accounting policy 
change for recognizing pension and postretirement benefit expense. Refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of 
the notes to consolidated financial statements for further details surrounding this accounting policy change.  

(in millions, except per share data)  
(unaudited)  
2012  
Net sales  
Gross profit  
Net income (loss) attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. (1)  
Earnings (loss) per share (3)  

Basic  
Diluted  

2011  
Net sales  
Gross profit  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. (2)  
Earnings per share (3)  

Basic  
Diluted  

First  
Quarter       

Second  
Quarter       

Third  
Quarter       

Fourth  
Quarter       

Full  
Year 

    $ 10,417       $ 10,565       $ 10,581       $ 10,392       $ 41,955   
   6,218   
   1,226   

   1,553          1,541      
431      

   1,588      
(8 )    

   1,536      
424      

379         

0.62      
0.62      

0.56         
0.55         

0.63      
0.63      

(0.01 )    
(0.01 )    

1.80   
1.78   

    $  9,537       $ 10,144       $ 10,364       $ 10,788       $ 40,833   
   6,058   
   1,415   

   1,476          1,552      
367      

   1,614      
234      

   1,416      
400      

414         

0.59      
0.58      

0.61         
0.60         

0.54      
0.53      

0.34      
0.34      

2.09   
2.06   

(1)  The fiscal 2012 first quarter net income includes a $25 million gain on redemption of a warrant for an existing Power Solutions partially-
owned affiliate. The fiscal 2012 second quarter net income includes a $35 million gain on business divestitures net of transaction costs in 
the Building Efficiency business and a $14 million impairment of an equity investment in the Power Solutions segment. The fiscal 2012 
third quarter net income includes $52 million of significant restructuring costs. The fiscal 2012 fourth quarter net income includes $447 
million of net mark-to-market charges on pension and postretirement plans and $245 million of significant restructuring costs. The 
preceding amounts are stated on a pre-tax basis. 

(2)  The fiscal 2011 first quarter net income includes a $27 million net actuarial gain due to a pension plan curtailment. The fiscal 2011 

second quarter net income includes a $68 million net actuarial gain due to a pension plan curtailment and $36 million of costs related to 
business acquisitions recorded in the Automotive Experience Europe segment. The fiscal 2011 third quarter net income includes $28 
million of costs related to business acquisitions recorded in the Automotive Experience Europe segment. The fiscal 2011 fourth quarter 
net income includes $479 million of net mark-to-market charges on pension and postretirement plans; a $37 million gain on acquisition of 
a Power Solutions partially-owned affiliate net of acquisition costs and related purchase accounting adjustments and a Power Solutions 
partially-owned affiliate’s restatement of prior period income; and $43 million of restructuring costs recorded in the Building Efficiency 
and Automotive Experience businesses. The preceding amounts are stated on a pre-tax basis. 

(3)  Due to the use of the weighted-average shares outstanding for each quarter for computing earnings per share, the sum of the quarterly per 

share amounts may not equal the per share amount for the year. 

ITEM 7A  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

See “Risk Management” included in Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  

50  

   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

ITEM 8 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of September 30, 2012 and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 

and 2010  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  

51  

    Page   

   52    

   54    

   55    

   56    

   57    

   58    

  106    

   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

R eport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Johnson Controls, Inc.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of Johnson Controls, Inc. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents 
fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial 
statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 
September 30, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and 
financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness 
of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing 
under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the 
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of 
internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed 
risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2012 the Company has changed its method of accounting for pension 
and postretirement benefits. All periods have been retroactively revised for this accounting change.  

         PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 100 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202 

   T: (414)212- 1600, F: (414) 212- 1880, www.pwc.com/us 

52  

  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with 
authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely 
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial 
statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

  /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
  Milwaukee, Wisconsin 
  November 19, 2012 

53  

   
   
J ohnson Controls, Inc.  

Consolidated Statements of Income  

Table of Contents  

(in millions, except per share data) 
Net sales  

Products and systems*  
Services*  

Cost of sales  

Products and systems*  
Services*  

Gross profit  

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Restructuring costs  
Net financing charges  
Equity income  

Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  

Net income  
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Earnings per share  
Basic  
Diluted  

Year ended September 30, 
2011 

2012 

2010 

    $ 33,561      $ 32,420      $ 27,204   
   7,101   
  34,305   

   8,394     
  41,955     

   8,413     
  40,833     

  28,839     
   6,898     
  35,737     

  27,675     
   7,100     
  34,775     

  23,263   
   5,821   
  29,084   

   6,218     

   6,058     

   5,221   

   (4,438 )    
(297 )    
(233 )    
340     

   (4,393 )    
   —        
(174 )    
298     

   (3,796 )  
   —      
(170 )  
254   

   1,590     

   1,789     

   1,509   

237     

257     

127   

   1,353     

   1,532     

   1,382   

127     

117     

75   

    $  1,226      $  1,415      $  1,307   

    $  1.80      $  2.09      $  1.94   
    $  1.78      $  2.06      $  1.92   

*  Products and systems consist of Automotive Experience and Power Solutions products and systems and Building Efficiency installed 

systems. Services are Building Efficiency technical and Global Workplace Solutions. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

54  

   
   
   
  
   
  
   
     
     
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

J ohnson Controls, Inc.  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position  

(in millions, except par value and share data) 
Assets  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $78 and $89, respectively  
Inventories  
Other current assets  
Current assets  

Property, plant and equipment - net  
Goodwill  
Other intangible assets - net  
Investments in partially-owned affiliates  
Other noncurrent assets  
Total assets  

Liabilities and Equity  
Short-term debt  
Current portion of long-term debt  
Accounts payable  
Accrued compensation and benefits  
Other current liabilities  
Current liabilities  

Long-term debt  
Pension and postretirement benefits  
Other noncurrent liabilities  
Long-term liabilities  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)  
Redeemable noncontrolling interests  

Common Stock, $.01 7/18 par value shares authorized: 1,800,000,000 shares issued: 2012 - 688,483,873; 2011 - 

682,634,236  

Capital in excess of par value  
Retained earnings  
Treasury stock, at cost (2012 - 6,176,266; 2011 - 2,470,168 shares)  
Accumulated other comprehensive income  

Shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Noncontrolling interests  
Total equity  
Total liabilities and equity  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

55  

September 30, 

2012 

2011 

    $ 

265       $  257   
   7,151   
   2,316   
   2,291   
  12,015   

   7,308      
   2,227      
   2,873      
  12,673      

   6,440      
   6,982      
947      
948      
   2,894      

   5,616   
   7,016   
945   
811   
   3,273   
    $ 30,884       $ 29,676   

    $ 

323       $  596   
17   
424      
   6,159   
   6,114      
   1,315   
   1,090      
   2,695   
   2,904      
  10,782   
  10,855      

   5,321      
   1,248      
   1,504      
   8,073      

   4,533   
   1,102   
   1,819   
   7,454   

253      

260   

10      
   2,725      
   8,541      
(179 )    
458      
  11,555      
148      
  11,703      

9   
   2,620   
   7,838   
(74 )  
649   
  11,042   
138   
  11,180   
    $ 30,884       $ 29,676   

   
   
  
   
  
   
     
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

J ohnson Controls, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

(in millions) 
Operating Activities  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Income attributable to noncontrolling interests  
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:  

Depreciation  
Amortization of intangibles  
Pension and postretirement benefit expense  
Pension and postretirement contributions  
Equity in earnings of partially-owned affiliates, net of dividends received  
Deferred income taxes  
Impairment charges  
Gain on divestitures - net  
Fair value adjustment of equity investment  
Equity-based compensation  
Other  
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and divestitures:  

Receivables  
Inventories  
Other assets  
Restructuring reserves  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
Accrued income taxes  

Cash provided by operating activities  

Investing Activities  
Capital expenditures  
Sale of property, plant and equipment  
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired  
Business divestitures  
Settlement of cross-currency interest rate swaps  
Changes in long-term investments  
Warrant redemption  

Cash used by investing activities  

Financing Activities  
Increase (decrease) in short-term debt - net  
Increase in long-term debt  
Repayment of long-term debt  
Stock repurchases  
Payment of cash dividends  
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options  
Settlement of interest rate swaps  
Cash paid to acquire a noncontrolling interest  
Other  

Cash provided (used) by financing activities  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

56  

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 

2012 

2010 

    $ 1,226      $ 1,415      $ 1,307   
75   
  1,382   

127     
   1,353     

117     
   1,532     

768     
56     
479     
(414 )    
(138 )    
(206 )    
53     
(40 )    
(12 )    
56     
(11 )    

(114 )    
39     
(367 )    
196     
(64 )    
(75 )    
   1,559     

678     
53     
410     
(451 )    
(15 )    
(257 )    
   —        
   —        
(89 )    
59     
2     

(721 )    
(387 )    
(118 )    
(94 )    
343     
131     
   1,076     

  (1,831 )    
58     
(30 )    
105     
(19 )    
(100 )    
25     
  (1,792 )    

  (1,325 )    
54     
  (1,226 )    
   —        
   —        
(140 )    
   —        
  (2,637 )    

   648   
43   
   378   
   (695 )  
5   
   (155 )  
41   
   —      
(47 )  
49   
13   

   (608 )  
   (260 )  
   274   
   (195 )  
   812   
   (247 )  
  1,438   

   (777 )  
47   
(61 )  
   —      
   —      
   (101 )  
   —      
   (892 )  

(302 )    
   1,260     
(36 )    
(102 )    
(477 )    
40     
   —        
(115 )    
(61 )    
207     
34     
8     
257     

   (575 )  
   515   
   (526 )  
   —      
   (339 )  
52   
   —      
   —      
(22 )  
   (895 )  
   148   
   (201 )  
   761   
    $  265      $  257      $  560   

510     
   1,852     
(787 )    
   —        
(413 )    
105     
24     
(23 )    
(29 )    
   1,239     
19     
(303 )    
560     

   
   
  
   
  
   
     
     
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

J ohnson Controls, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

(in millions, except per share data) 
At September 30, 2009 (previously reported)  
Pension and postretirement policy change (Note 1)  
At September 30, 2009 (revised)  
Comprehensive income:  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Realized and unrealized gains on derivatives  
Unrealized gains on marketable common stock  
Employee retirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Cash dividends  

Common ($0.52 per share)  

Redemption value adjustment attributable to redeemable 

noncontrolling interests  

Other, including options exercised  
At September 30, 2010  
Comprehensive income:  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Realized and unrealized losses on derivatives  
Unrealized gains on marketable common stock  
Employee retirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Cash dividends  

Common ($0.64 per share)  

Redemption value adjustment attributable to redeemable 

noncontrolling interests  

Other, including options exercised  
At September 30, 2011  
Comprehensive income:  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Realized and unrealized gains on derivatives  
Unrealized losses on marketable common stock  
Employee retirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Cash dividends  

Common ($0.72 per share)  

Capital in 

Common 

Excess of 

Retained 

Stock        

Par Value       

Earnings      
9       $ 2,354       $ 6,615      
   (691 )    
  5,924      

   —         
   2,354      

$ 
   —         
9      

   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

  1,307      
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        

Treasury 

Stock,  
at Cost       
$  (70 )    
   —        
(70 )    

   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        

Total 
    $  9,100     
   —        
   9,100     

   1,307     
(115 )    
13     
3     
14     
(85 )    
   1,222     

(350 )    

   —         

   —         

   (350 )    

   —        

9     
90     
  10,071     

   —         
   —         
9      

   —         
94      
   2,448      

9      
   —        
  6,890      

   —        
(4 )    
(74 )    

   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

  1,415      
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        

   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        

   1,415     
(109 )    
(47 )    
3     
4     
(149 )    
   1,266     

(435 )    

   —         

   —         

   (435 )    

   —        

(32 )    
172     
  11,042     

   —         
   —         
9      

   —         
172      
   2,620      

(32 )    
   —        
  7,838      

   —        
   —        
(74 )    

   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

  1,226      
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        

   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        

   1,226     
(221 )    
39     
(1 )    
(8 )    
(191 )    
   1,035     

(492 )    

   —         

   —         

   (492 )    

   —        

Redemption value adjustment attributable to redeemable 

noncontrolling interests  
Repurchases of common stock  
Other, including options exercised  
At September 30, 2012  

(35 )    
(102 )    
107     
    $ 11,555     

   —         
   —         
1      

(35 )    
   —         
   —        
   —         
4      
105      
10       $ 2,725       $ 8,541      

$ 

   —        
   (102 )    
(3 )    
$ (179 )    

$ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.  

57  

Accumulated  
Other  
Comprehensive 

Income (Loss)   
192   
$ 
691   
883   

—      
(115 )  
13   
3   
14   

—      

—      
—      
798   

—      
(109 )  
(47 )  
3   
4   

—      

—      
—      
649   

—      
(221 )  
39   
(1 )  
(8 )  

—      

—      
—      
—      
458   

   
   
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

J ohnson Controls, Inc.  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

1. 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Johnson Controls, Inc. and its domestic and non-U.S. subsidiaries that are 
consolidated in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). All significant 
intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Investments in partially-owned affiliates are accounted for by the equity method when 
the Company’s interest exceeds 20% and the Company does not have a controlling interest.  

Under certain criteria as provided for in Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 810, 
“Consolidation,” the Company may consolidate a partially-owned affiliate. To determine whether to consolidate a partially-owned 
affiliate, the Company first determines if the entity is a variable interest entity (VIE). An entity is considered to be a VIE if it has one of 
the following characteristics: 1) the entity is thinly capitalized; 2) residual equity holders do not control the entity; 3) equity holders are 
shielded from economic losses or do not participate fully in the entity’s residual economics; or 4) the entity was established with non-
substantive voting. If the entity meets one of these characteristics, the Company then determines if it is the primary beneficiary of the 
VIE. The party with the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the 
potential to absorb benefits or losses that could be significant to the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary and consolidates the VIE. 
If the entity is not considered a VIE, then the Company applies the voting interest model to determine whether or not the Company shall 
consolidate the partially-owned affiliate.  

Consolidated VIEs  

Based upon the criteria set forth in ASC 810, the Company has determined that it was the primary beneficiary in three VIEs for the 
reporting period ended September 30, 2012 and two VIEs for the reporting period ended September 30, 2011, as the Company absorbs 
significant economics of the entities and has the power to direct the activities that are considered most significant to the entities.  

Two of the VIEs manufacture products in North America for the automotive industry. The Company funds the entities’ short-term 
liquidity needs through revolving credit facilities and has the power to direct the activities that are considered most significant to the 
entities through its key customer supply relationships.  

During the three month period ended December 31, 2011, a pre-existing VIE accounted for under the equity method was reorganized into 
three separate investments as a result of the counterparty exercising its option to put its interest to the Company. The Company acquired 
additional interests in two of the reorganized group entities. The reorganized group entities are considered to be VIEs as the other owner 
party has been provided decision making rights but does not have equity at risk. The Company is considered the primary beneficiary of 
one of the entities due to the Company’s power pertaining to decisions over significant activities of the entity. As such, the VIE has been 
consolidated within the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position. The impact of the consolidation of the entity on the 
Company’s consolidated statements of income for the year ended September 30, 2012 was not material. The VIE is named as a co-obligor 
under a third party debt agreement of $135 million, maturing in fiscal 2019, in which it could become subject to paying more than its 
allocated share of the third party debt in the event of bankruptcy of one or more of the other co-obligors. The other co-obligors, all related 
parties in which the Company is an equity investor, consist of the remaining group entities involved in the reorganization. As part of the 
overall reorganization transaction, the Company has also provided financial support to the group entities in the form of loans totaling 
$101 million, which are subordinate to the third party debt agreement. The Company is a significant customer of certain co-obligors, 
resulting in a remote possibility of loss. Additionally, the Company is subject to a floor guaranty expiring in fiscal 2022; in the event that 
the other owner party no longer owns any part of the group entities due to sale or transfer, the Company has guaranteed that the proceeds 
received from the sale or transfer will not be less than $25 million. The Company has partnered with the group entities to design and 
manufacture battery components for the Power Solutions business.  

58  

   
   
Table of Contents  

The carrying amounts and classification of assets (none of which are restricted) and liabilities included in the Company’s consolidated 
statements of financial position for the consolidated VIEs are as follows (in millions):  

Current assets  
Noncurrent assets  
Total assets  

Current liabilities  
Noncurrent liabilities  
Total liabilities  

Nonconsolidated VIEs  

September 30, 

2012      

2011   

$ 199      
  144      
$ 343      

$ 172      
   25      
$ 197      

$ 207   
   55   
$ 262   

$ 144   
  —      
$ 144   

During the three month period ended June 30, 2011, the Company acquired a 40% interest in an equity method investee. The investee 
produces and sells lead-acid batteries of which the Company will both purchase and supply certain batteries to complement each 
investment partners’ portfolio. Commencing on the third anniversary of the closing date, the Company has a contractual right to purchase 
the remaining 60% equity interest in the investee (the “call option”). If the Company does not exercise the call option on or before the 
fifth anniversary of the closing date, for a period of six months thereafter the Company is subject to a contractual obligation at the 
counterparty’s option to sell the Company’s equity investment in the investee to the counterparty (the “repurchase option”). The purchase 
price is fixed under both the call option and the repurchase option. Based upon the criteria set forth in ASC 810, the Company has 
determined that the investee is a VIE as the equity holders, through their equity investments, may not participate fully in the entity’s 
residual economics. The Company is not the primary beneficiary as the Company does not have the power to make key operating 
decisions considered to be most significant to the VIE. Therefore, the investee is accounted for under the equity method of accounting as 
the Company’s interest exceeds 20% and the Company does not have a controlling interest. The investment balance included within 
investments in partially-owned affiliates in the consolidated statement of financial position at September 30, 2012 and 2011 was $55 
million and $49 million, respectively, which represents the Company’s maximum exposure to loss. Current assets and liabilities related to 
the VIE are immaterial and represent normal course of business trade receivables and payables for all presented periods.  

As mentioned previously within the “Consolidated VIEs” section above, during the three month period ended December 31, 2011, a pre-
existing VIE was reorganized into three separate investments as a result of the counterparty exercising its option to put its interest to the 
Company. The reorganized group entities are considered to be VIEs as the other owner party has been provided decision making rights 
but does not have equity at risk. The Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary of two of the entities as the Company 
cannot make key operating decisions considered to be most significant to the VIEs. Therefore, the entities are accounted for under the 
equity method of accounting as the Company’s interest exceeds 20% and the Company does not have a controlling interest. The 
Company’s maximum exposure to loss, which included the partially-owned affiliate investment balance and a note receivable, 
approximated $43 million at September 30, 2011. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss at September 30, 2012 includes the 
partially-owned affiliate investment balance of $52 million as well as the subordinated loan from the Company, third party debt 
agreement and floor guaranty mentioned previously within the “Consolidated VIEs” section above. Current liabilities due to the VIEs are 
not material and represent normal course of business trade payables for all presented periods.  

The Company did not have a significant variable interest in any other unconsolidated VIEs for the presented reporting periods.  

Use of Estimates  

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from 
those estimates.  

59  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short-term debt and accounts payable approximate their carrying 
values. See Note 9, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” and Note 10, “Fair Value Measurements,” of the notes to 
consolidated financial statements for fair value of financial instruments, including derivative instruments, hedging activities and long-
term debt.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.  

Receivables  

Receivables consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers and unbilled costs and accrued profits related to revenues on 
long-term contracts that have been recognized for accounting purposes but not yet billed to customers. The Company extends credit to 
customers in the normal course of business and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts resulting from the inability or unwillingness 
of customers to make required payments. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on historical experience, existing economic 
conditions and any specific customer collection issues the Company has identified.  

Inventories  

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using either the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method or the first-in, 
first-out (FIFO) method. Finished goods and work-in-process inventories include material, labor and manufacturing overhead costs.  

Pre-Production Costs Related to Long-Term Supply Arrangements  

The Company’s policy for engineering, research and development, and other design and development costs related to products that will 
be sold under long-term supply arrangements requires such costs to be expensed as incurred or capitalized if reimbursement from the 
customer is contractually assured. Income related to recovery of these costs is recorded within selling, general and administrative expense 
in the consolidated statements of income. At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded within the consolidated statements of 
financial position approximately $286 million and $215 million, respectively, of engineering and research and development costs for 
which customer reimbursement is contractually assured. The reimbursable costs are recorded in other current assets if reimbursement will 
occur in less than one year and in other noncurrent assets if reimbursement will occur beyond one year.  

Costs for molds, dies and other tools used to make products that will be sold under long-term supply arrangements are capitalized within 
property, plant and equipment if the Company has title to the assets or has the non-cancelable right to use the assets during the term of the 
supply arrangement. Capitalized items, if specifically designed for a supply arrangement, are amortized over the term of the arrangement; 
otherwise, amounts are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The carrying values of assets capitalized in accordance 
with the foregoing policy are periodically reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. At September 30, 2012 and 2011, approximately $113 million and $109 million, respectively, of costs 
for molds, dies and other tools were capitalized within property, plant and equipment which represented assets to which the Company had 
title. In addition, at September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded within the consolidated statements of financial position in other 
current assets approximately $284 million and $254 million, respectively, of costs for molds, dies and other tools for which customer 
reimbursement is contractually assured.  

Property, Plant and Equipment  

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets using 
the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. The estimated useful lives 
range from 3 to 40 years for buildings and improvements and from 3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment.  

The Company capitalizes interest on borrowings during the active construction period of major capital projects. Capitalized interest is 
added to the cost of the underlying assets and is amortized over the useful lives of the assets.  

60  

   
Table of Contents  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  

Goodwill reflects the cost of an acquisition in excess of the fair values assigned to identifiable net assets acquired. The Company reviews 
goodwill for impairment during the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might 
be impaired. The Company performs impairment reviews for its reporting units, which have been determined to be the Company’s 
reportable segments or one level below the reportable segments in certain instances, using a fair-value method based on management’s 
judgments and assumptions or third party valuations. The fair value of a reporting unit refers to the price that would be received to sell the 
unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In estimating the fair value, the Company 
uses multiples of earnings based on the average of historical, published multiples of earnings of comparable entities with similar 
operations and economic characteristics. In certain instances, the Company uses discounted cash flow analyses to further support the fair 
value estimates. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, 
“Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” The estimated fair value is then compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, 
including recorded goodwill. The Company is subject to financial statement risk to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the 
estimated fair value. The impairment testing performed by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, 2011 and 2010 
indicated that the estimated fair value of each reporting unit substantially exceeded its corresponding carrying amount including recorded 
goodwill, and as such, no impairment existed at September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010. No reporting unit was determined to be at risk of 
failing step one of the goodwill impairment test. While at September 30, 2012 the estimated fair value of each reporting unit substantially 
exceeded its corresponding carrying amount including recorded goodwill, a prolonged significant decline in the European automotive 
industry could put the Company at risk of not achieving future growth assumptions and could result in impairment of goodwill or other 
long-lived assets, or result in additional restructuring actions, within the Automotive Experience Europe segment, which could be 
material to the consolidated financial statements.  

Indefinite lived other intangible assets are also subject to at least annual impairment testing. Other intangible assets with definite lives 
continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives and are subject to impairment testing if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the asset might be impaired. A considerable amount of management judgment and assumptions are required in performing 
the impairment tests. While the Company believes the judgments and assumptions used in the impairment tests are reasonable and no 
impairment existed at September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, different assumptions could change the estimated fair values and, therefore, 
impairment charges could be required, which could be material to the consolidated financial statements.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets with definite lives, for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company 
conducts its long-lived asset impairment analyses in accordance with ASC 360-10-15, “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” 
ASC 360-10-15 requires the Company to group assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely 
independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group against the sum of the undiscounted future cash 
flows. If the undiscounted cash flows do not indicate the carrying amount of the asset is recoverable, an impairment charge is measured 
as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value based on discounted cash flow analysis or 
appraisals. See Note 16, “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure of the 
impairment analyses performed by the Company during fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010.  

Percentage-of-Completion Contracts  

The Building Efficiency business records certain long-term contracts under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Under 
this method, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total 
estimated costs at completion. The Company records costs and earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts within accounts 
receivable - net and billings in excess of costs and earnings on uncompleted contracts within other current liabilities in the consolidated 
statements of financial position. Amounts included within accounts receivable - net related to these contracts were $548 million and $476 
million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Amounts included within other current liabilities were $365 million and $359 
million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  

61  

   
Table of Contents  

Revenue Recognition  

The Company’s Building Efficiency business recognizes revenue from certain long-term contracts over the contractual period under the 
percentage-of-completion (POC) method of accounting. This method of accounting recognizes sales and gross profit as work is 
performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs at completion. Recognized revenues that will 
not be billed under the terms of the contract until a later date are recorded in unbilled accounts receivable. Likewise, contracts where 
billings to date have exceeded recognized revenues are recorded in other current liabilities. Changes to the original estimates may be 
required during the life of the contract and such estimates are reviewed monthly. Sales and gross profit are adjusted using the cumulative 
catch-up method for revisions in estimated total contract costs and contract values. Estimated losses are recorded when identified. Claims 
against customers are recognized as revenue upon settlement. The amount of accounts receivable due after one year is not significant. The 
use of the POC method of accounting involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenues, costs and profits and in assigning 
the amounts to accounting periods. The periodic reviews have not resulted in adjustments that were significant to the Company’s results 
of operations. The Company continually evaluates all of the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the POC 
method of accounting.  

The Building Efficiency business enters into extended warranties and long-term service and maintenance agreements with certain 
customers. For these arrangements, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective contract term.  

The Company’s Building Efficiency business also sells certain heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) and refrigeration 
products and services in bundled arrangements, where multiple products and/or services are involved. In accordance with ASU No. 2009-
13, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements - A Consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task 
Force,” the Company divides bundled arrangements into separate deliverables and revenue is allocated to each deliverable based on the 
relative selling price method. Significant deliverables within these arrangements include equipment, commissioning, service labor and 
extended warranties. In order to estimate relative selling price, market data and transfer price studies are utilized. Approximately four to 
twelve months separate the timing of the first deliverable until the last piece of equipment is delivered, and there may be extended 
warranty arrangements with duration of one to five years commencing upon the end of the standard warranty period.  

In all other cases, the Company recognizes revenue at the time title passes to the customer or as services are performed.  

Research and Development Costs  

Expenditures for research activities relating to product development and improvement are charged against income as incurred and 
included within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income. Such expenditures for the years 
ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $1,025 million, $876 million and $723 million, respectively.  

A portion of the costs associated with these activities is reimbursed by customers and, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 
2011 and 2010 were $516 million, $366 million and $315 million, respectively.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted 
earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by diluted weighted average shares outstanding. Diluted weighted average shares 
include the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents which would arise from the exercise of stock options and any outstanding Equity 
Units and convertible senior notes as of the beginning of the period, for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010. See Note 
12, “Earnings per Share,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for the calculation of earnings per share.  

Foreign Currency Translation  

Substantially all of the Company’s international operations use the respective local currency as the functional currency. Assets and 
liabilities of international entities have been translated at period-end exchange rates, and income and expenses have been translated using 
average exchange rates for the period. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in non-functional currencies are adjusted to reflect 
period-end exchange rates. The aggregate  

62  

   
Table of Contents  

transaction gains (losses), net of the impact of foreign currency hedges, included in net income for the years ended September 30, 2012, 
2011 and 2010 were $12 million, $(22) million and $50 million, respectively.  

Derivative Financial Instruments  

The Company has written policies and procedures that place all financial instruments under the direction of corporate treasury and restrict 
all derivative transactions to those intended for hedging purposes. The use of financial instruments for speculative purposes is strictly 
prohibited. The Company uses financial instruments to manage the market risk from changes in foreign exchange rates, commodity 
prices, stock-based compensation liabilities and interest rates.  

The fair values of all derivatives are recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position. The change in a derivative’s fair value 
is recorded each period in current earnings or accumulated other comprehensive income, depending on whether the derivative is 
designated as part of a hedge transaction and if so, the type of hedge transaction. See Note 9, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging 
Activities,” and Note 10, “Fair Value Measurements,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosure of the Company’s 
derivative instruments and hedging activities.  

Pension and Postretirement Benefits  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company changed its accounting policy for recognizing pension and postretirement benefit 
expenses. The Company’s historical accounting treatment smoothed asset returns and amortized deferred actuarial gains and losses over 
future years. The new mark-to-market approach includes measuring the market related value of plan assets at fair value instead of 
utilizing a three-year smoothing approach. In addition, the Company has elected to completely eliminate the corridor approach and 
recognize actuarial gains and losses in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or at the date of a remeasurement event. The Company 
believes this new policy is preferable and provides greater transparency to on-going operational results. The change has no impact on 
future pension and postretirement funding or benefits paid to participants. These changes have been reported through retrospective 
application of the new policy to all periods presented.  

This change resulted in a $14 million increase in net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. ($0.02 per diluted share) in each of the 
quarters ended December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012.  

63  

   
Table of Contents  

The impact of all adjustments made to the consolidated financial statements presented is summarized in the following table (in millions, 
except per share data):  

Consolidated Statement of Income  
Cost of sales  

Products and systems  
Services  

Gross profit  
Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Earnings per share  
Basic  
Diluted  

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
Cash provided by operating activities  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, 

Inc.  
Net income  
Pension and postretirement benefit expense 

(1)  

Pension and postretirement contributions (2)      
Deferred income taxes  
Other  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity 

Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Retained earnings at September 30, 2011  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Retained earnings at September 30, 2012  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 

September 30, 2011  
Employee retirement plans  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 

September 30, 2012  

64  

Previous Method      

2012 
As Reported      

Effect of Change   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

28,796     
6,922     
6,237     
4,102     
1,945     
378     
1,567     
1,440     

2.11     
2.09     

$  28,839      
6,898      
6,218      
4,438      
1,590      
237      
1,353      
1,226      

1.80      
1.78      

9,839     
(840 )    

$  8,541      
458      

1,440     
1,567     

$  1,226      
1,353      

—        
—        
(65 )    
75     
(440 )    

8,922     
1,440     
9,839     

(435 )    
(222 )    

(840 )    

479      
(414 )    
(206 )    
(11 )    
(64 )    

$  7,838      
1,226      
8,541      

649      
(8 )    

458      

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

43   
(24 )  
(19 )  
336   
(355 )  
(141 )  
(214 )  
(214 )  

(0.31 )  
(0.31 )  

(1,298 )  
1,298   

(214 )  
(214 )  

479   
(414 )  
(141 )  
(86 )  
376   

(1,084 )  
(214 )  
(1,298 )  

1,084   
214   

1,298   

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Consolidated Statement of Income  
Cost of sales  

Products and systems  
Services  

Gross profit  
Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Earnings per share  
Basic  
Diluted  

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
Cash provided by operating activities  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Net income  
Pension and postretirement benefit expense (1)  
Pension and postretirement contributions (2)  
Deferred income taxes  
Other  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Johnson 

Controls, Inc.  

Retained earnings at September 30, 2010  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Retained earnings at September 30, 2011  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at September 30, 2010  
Employee retirement plans  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at September 30, 2011  

65  

Previously 

2011 

Reported       Revised       Effect of Change   

   $ 27,631      $ 27,675     $ 
      7,032         7,100       
      6,170         6,058       
      4,183         4,393       
      2,111         1,789       
257       
      1,741         1,532       
      1,624         1,415       

370        

44   
68   
(112 )  
210   
(322 )  
(113 )  
(209 )  
(209 )  

2.40        
2.36        

2.09       
2.06       

(0.31 )  
(0.30 )  

   $  8,922      $  7,838     $ 
649       

(435 )      

(1,084 )  
1,084   

   $  1,624      $  1,415     $ 
      1,741         1,532       
410       
      —          
(451 )      
      —          
(257 )      
(144 )      
2       
37        
343       
(55 )      

(209 )  
(209 )  
410   
(451 )  
(113 )  
(35 )  
398   

   $  7,765      $  6,890     $ 
      1,624         1,415       
      8,922         7,838       
798       
4       
649       

(77 )      
(205 )      
(435 )      

(875 )  
(209 )  
(1,084 )  
875   
209   
1,084   

   
  
   
  
  
   
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
     
   
  
  
     
     
   
  
  
     
   
  
  
   
  
  
     
     
     
   
  
  
     
     
     
Table of Contents  

Consolidated Statement of Income  
Cost of sales  

Products and systems  
Services  

Gross profit  
Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Earnings per share  
Basic  
Diluted  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows  
Cash provided by operating activities:  

Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Net income  
Pension and postretirement benefit expense (1)  
Pension and postretirement contributions (2)  
Deferred income taxes  
Other  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable 

to Johnson Controls, Inc.  

Retained earnings at September 30, 2009  
Net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Retained earnings at September 30, 2010  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 

September 30, 2009  
Employee retirement plans  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at 

September 30, 2010  

Previously 

2010 

Reported      

Revised       

Effect of Change   

$ 23,226      
   5,790      
   5,289      
   3,610      
   1,763      
197      
   1,566      
   1,491      

2.22      
2.19      

$  1,491      
   1,566      
   —        
   —        
(85 )    
36      
218      

$ 23,263      
   5,821      
   5,221      
   3,796      
   1,509      
127      
   1,382      
   1,307      

1.94      
1.92      

$  1,307      
   1,382      
378      
(695 )    
(155 )    
13      
812      

$  6,615      
   1,491      
   7,765      

$  5,924      
   1,307      
   6,890      

192      
(170 )    

(77 )    

883      
14      

798      

$ 

$ 

$ 

37   
31   
(68 )  
186   
(254 )  
(70 )  
(184 )  
(184 )  

(0.28 )  
(0.27 )  

(184 )  
(184 )  
378   
(695 )  
(70 )  
(23 )  
594   

(691 )  
(184 )  
(875 )  

691   
184   

875   

(1)  Pension and postretirement benefit expense was previously included in different lines on the consolidated statement of cash flows. The 
amortization of amounts from accumulated other comprehensive income was previously included in the other line. The remaining 
expense was included in the accounts payable and accrued liabilities line. 

(2)  Pension and postretirement contributions were previously included in the accounts payable and accrued liabilities line on the consolidated 

statement of cash flows. 

New Accounting Pronouncements  

In July 2012, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2012-02, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): 
Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” ASU No. 2012-02 provides companies an option first to assess qualitative 
factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived 
intangible asset is impaired. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the 
indefinite-lived intangible assets is impaired, then the Company is not required to take further action. ASU No. 2012-02 will be effective 
for the Company for impairment tests of indefinite-lived intangible assets performed in the fiscal year ending September 30, 2013, with 
early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and 
results of operations.  

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and 
Liabilities.” ASU No. 2011-11 requires additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures of gross and net information regarding financial 
instruments and derivative instruments that  

66  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
 
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

are offset or eligible for offset in the consolidated statement of financial position. ASU No. 2011-11 will be effective for the Company for 
the quarter ending December 31, 2013. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial 
condition and results of operations.  

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-09, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Multiemployer Plans (Subtopic 715-80): 
Disclosures about an Employer’s Participation in a Multiemployer Plan.” ASU No. 2011-09 requires additional quantitative and 
qualitative disclosures about an employer’s participation in multiemployer pension plans, including disclosure of the name and 
identifying number of the significant multiemployer plans in which the employer participates, the level of the employer’s participation in 
the plans, the financial health of the plans and the nature of the employer commitments to the plans. ASU No. 2011-09 was effective for 
the Company for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2012. The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial condition and results of operations. Refer to Note 14, “Retirement Plans,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for 
disclosures surrounding the Company’s participation in multiemployer pension plans.  

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for 
Impairment.” ASU No. 2011-08 provides companies an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further goodwill 
impairment testing is necessary. If, as a result of the qualitative assessment, it is determined that it is more likely than not that a reporting 
unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, the two-step quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is 
required. ASU No. 2011-08 will be effective for the Company for goodwill impairment tests performed in the fiscal year ending 
September 30, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial condition and results of operations.  

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 
No. 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of shareholders’ equity. 
All non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity instead must be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive 
income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU No. 2011-05 will be effective for the Company for the quarter ending 
December 31, 2012. The adoption of this guidance will have no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of 
operations.  

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value 
Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU No. 2011-04 clarifies and changes the application of various 
fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements, and was effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of 
fiscal 2012 (January 1, 2012). The adoption of this guidance had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results 
of operations. Refer to Note 10, “Fair Value Measurements,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for disclosures surrounding 
the Company’s fair value measurements.  

2.  ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES 

During fiscal 2012, the Company completed three acquisitions for a combined purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $38 million, all of 
which was paid as of September 30, 2012. The acquisitions in the aggregate were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. In connection with the acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $50 million. As a result of two of the acquisitions, 
each of which increased the Company’s ownership from a noncontrolling to controlling interest, the Company recorded an aggregate non-
cash gain of $12 million, of which $9 million was recorded within Power Solutions equity income and $3 million was recorded in 
Automotive Experience Europe equity income, to adjust the Company’s existing equity investments in the partially-owned affiliates to 
fair value. The purchase price allocations may be subsequently adjusted to reflect final valuation studies.  

During fiscal 2012, the Company completed three divestitures for a combined sales price of $105 million, all of which was received as of 
September 30, 2012. The divestitures in the aggregate were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In 
connection with the divestitures, the Company recorded a gain, net of transaction costs, of $40 million and reduced goodwill by $34 
million in the Building Efficiency business.  

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company acquired an additional 49% of a Power Solutions partially-owned affiliate. The 
acquisition increased the Company’s ownership percentage to 100%. The Company paid approximately $143 million (excluding cash 
acquired of $11 million) for the additional ownership percentage and incurred approximately $15 million of acquisition costs and related 
purchase accounting adjustments. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded a non-cash gain of $75 million within Power 
Solutions equity income to  

67  

   
   
Table of Contents  

adjust the Company’s existing equity investment in the partially-owned affiliate to fair value. Goodwill of $100 million was recorded as 
part of the transaction, of which $6 million was recorded in fiscal 2012.  

During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company completed its acquisition of Keiper/Recaro Automotive, a leader in recliner system 
technology with engineering and manufacturing expertise in metals and mechanisms for automobile seats, based in Kaiserslautern, 
Germany. The total purchase price, net of cash acquired, was approximately $442 million, of which $450 million was paid as of 
September 30, 2011 and $8 million was received in the three months ended December 31, 2011 as a result of a true-up to the purchase 
price. In connection with the Keiper/Recaro Automotive acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $128 million primarily in the 
Automotive Experience Europe segment, of which $2 million was recorded in fiscal 2012.  

During the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company completed its acquisition of the C. Rob. Hammerstein Group (Hammerstein), a 
leading global supplier of high-quality metal seat structures, components and mechanisms based in Solingen, Germany. The total 
purchase price, net of cash acquired, was approximately $529 million, all of which was paid as of September 30, 2011. In connection with 
the Hammerstein acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $200 million primarily in the Automotive Experience Europe segment, 
of which $7 million was recorded in fiscal 2012.  

Also during fiscal 2011, the Company completed five additional acquisitions for a combined purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $115 
million, all of which was paid as of September 30, 2011. The acquisitions in the aggregate were not material to the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. As a result of one of these acquisitions, which increased the Company’s ownership from a 
noncontrolling to controlling interest, the Company recorded a non-cash gain of $14 million within Automotive Experience Asia equity 
income to adjust the Company’s existing equity investment in the partially-owned affiliate to fair value. In connection with the 
acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $119 million, of which $14 million was recorded in fiscal 2012.  

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company acquired an additional 40% of a Power Solutions Korean partially-owned affiliate. 
The acquisition increased the Company’s ownership percentage to 90%. The remaining 10% was acquired by the local management 
team. The Company paid approximately $86 million (excluding cash acquired of $57 million) for the additional ownership percentage 
and incurred approximately $10 million of acquisition costs and related purchase accounting adjustments. As a result of the acquisition, 
the Company recorded a non-cash gain of $47 million within Power Solutions equity income to adjust the Company’s existing equity 
investment in the Korean partially-owned affiliate to fair value. Goodwill of $51 million was recorded as part of the transaction.  

Also during fiscal 2010, the Company completed three acquisitions for a combined purchase price of $35 million, of which $32 million 
was paid as of September 30, 2010. The acquisitions in the aggregate were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements. In connection with the acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $9 million.  

There were no business divestitures for the years ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.  

3. 

INVENTORIES 

Inventories consisted of the following (in millions):  

Raw materials and supplies  
Work-in-process  
Finished goods  
FIFO inventories  
LIFO reserve  
Inventories  

September 30, 

2012 

2011 

$ 1,118      
   417      
   806      
  2,341      
   (114 )    
$ 2,227      

$ 1,136   
   434   
   867   
  2,437   
   (121 )  
$ 2,316   

Inventories valued using the LIFO method of accounting were approximately 19% and 18% of total inventories at September 30, 2012 
and 2011, respectively.  

68  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

4. 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):  

Buildings and improvements  
Machinery and equipment  
Construction in progress  
Land  
Total property, plant and equipment  
Less accumulated depreciation  
Property, plant and equipment - net  

September 30, 

2012 

2011 

$  2,716      
   7,827      
   1,722      
375      
  12,640      
   (6,200 )    
$  6,440      

$  2,488   
   7,205   
   1,419   
360   
  11,472   
   (5,856 )  
$  5,616   

Interest costs capitalized during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $55 million, $34 million and $21 
million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation related to capital leases at September 30, 2012 and 2011 was $56 million and $44 
million, respectively.  

5.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reporting segments for the fiscal years ended September 30, 
2012 and 2011 were as follows (in millions):  

Building Efficiency  

North America Systems  
North America Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

North America  
Europe  
Asia  
Power Solutions  
Total  

Building Efficiency  

North America Systems  
North America Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

North America  
Europe  
Asia  
Power Solutions  
Total  

September 30, 

2010 

Business  
Acquisitions       

Business  
Divestitures      

Currency  
Translation and 

September 30, 

Other 

2011 

$ 

$ 

522      
676      
177      
379      
1,085      

1,378      
1,140      
233      
911      
6,501      

$  —         
33      
   —         
   —         
   —         

2      
371      
16      
96      
518      

$ 

$  —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        

   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
$  —        

$ 

$ 

(3 )    
1     
7     
12     
(20 )    

(1 )    
(8 )    
12     
(3 )    
(3 )    

$ 

$ 

519   
710   
184   
391   
1,065   

1,379   
1,503   
261   
1,004   
7,016   

September 30, 

2011 

Business  
Acquisitions       

Business  
Divestitures      

Currency  
Translation and 

September 30, 

Other 

2012 

$ 

$ 

519      
710      
184      
391      
1,065      

1,379      
1,503      
261      
1,004      
7,016      

69  

$  —         
   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

13      
14      
7      
45      
79      

$ 

$  —        
(2 )    
   —        
   —        
(32 )    

   —        
   —        
   —        
   —        
(34 )    
$ 

$ 

$ 

2     
—        
3     
5     
(39 )    

27     
(70 )    
2     
(9 )    
(79 )    

$ 

$ 

521   
708   
187   
396   
994   

1,419   
1,447   
270   
1,040   
6,982   

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
 
     
 
     
 
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
 
     
 
     
 
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

The Company’s other intangible assets, primarily from business acquisitions, are valued based on independent appraisals and consisted of 
(in millions):  

Amortized intangible assets  
Patented technology  
Customer relationships  
Miscellaneous  

Total amortized intangible assets  
Unamortized intangible assets  

Trademarks  
Total intangible assets  

September 30, 2012 

September 30, 2011 

Gross  
Carrying 

Accumulated 

Gross  
Carrying 

Accumulated 

Amount      

Amortization       Net       

Amount      

Amortization       Net    

    $  188       $ 
       517         
       204         
       909         

(113 )     $  75       $  298       $ 
  400          487         
(117 )    
  157          184         
(47 )    
  632          969         
(277 )    

(209 )     $  89   
  396   
  146   
  631   

(91 )    
(38 )    
(338 )    

       315         
    $ 1,224       $ 

—        
  315          314         
(277 )     $ 947       $ 1,283       $ 

—        
  314   
(338 )     $ 945   

Amortization of other intangible assets for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $56 million, $53 million and 
$43 million, respectively. Excluding the impact of any future acquisitions, the Company anticipates amortization for fiscal 2013, 2014, 
2015, 2016 and 2017 will be approximately $60 million, $58 million, $55 million, $49 million and $49 million, respectively.  

6. 

PRODUCT WARRANTIES 

The Company offers warranties to its customers depending upon the specific product and terms of the customer purchase agreement. A 
typical warranty program requires that the Company replace defective products within a specified time period from the date of sale. The 
Company records an estimate for future warranty-related costs based on actual historical return rates and other known factors. Based on 
analysis of return rates and other factors, the Company’s warranty provisions are adjusted as necessary. The Company monitors its 
warranty activity and adjusts its reserve estimates when it is probable that future warranty costs will be different than those estimates.  

The Company’s product warranty liability is recorded in the consolidated statements of financial position in other current liabilities if the 
warranty is less than one year and in other noncurrent liabilities if the warranty extends longer than one year.  

The changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s total product warranty liability for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012 and 
2011 were as follows (in millions):  

Balance at beginning of period  
Accruals for warranties issued during the period  
Accruals from acquisitions and divestitures  
Accruals related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates)  
Settlements made (in cash or in kind) during the period  
Currency translation  
Balance at end of period  

70  

Year Ended  
September 30, 

2012       
$ 301     
   224     
(1 )    
   (21 )    
  (221 )    
(4 )    
$ 278     

2011    
$ 337   
   217   
   12   
   (32 )  
  (233 )  
   —      
$ 301   

   
   
   
   
  
   
     
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

7.  LEASES 

Certain administrative and production facilities and equipment are leased under long-term agreements. Most leases contain renewal 
options for varying periods, and certain leases include options to purchase the leased property during or at the end of the lease term. 
Leases generally require the Company to pay for insurance, taxes and maintenance of the property. Leased capital assets included in net 
property, plant and equipment, primarily buildings and improvements, were $96 million and $68 million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, 
respectively.  

Other facilities and equipment are leased under arrangements that are accounted for as operating leases. Total rental expense for the fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $454 million, $424 million and $389 million, respectively.  

Future minimum capital and operating lease payments and the related present value of capital lease payments at September 30, 2012 were 
as follows (in millions):  

2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
After 2017  
Total minimum lease payments  
Interest  
Present value of net minimum lease payments  

8.  DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS 

Short-term debt consisted of the following (in millions):  

Bank borrowings and commercial paper  
Weighted average interest rate on short-term debt outstanding  

Capital 

Operating 

Leases    
$  315   
234   
168   
105   
69   
87   
$  978   

Leases      
$  14      
   16      
   12      
7      
7      
   43      
   99      
   (19 )    
$  80      

September 30, 

2012   

$ 323   

2011   

$ 596   

   2.5 %    

   2.4 %  

During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company replaced its $2.05 billion committed five-year credit facility, scheduled to mature 
in December 2011, with a $2.5 billion committed four-year credit facility scheduled to mature in February 2015. The facility is used to 
support the Company’s outstanding commercial paper. There were no draws on the committed credit facilities during the fiscal years 
ended September 30, 2012 and 2011. Average outstanding commercial paper for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012 was $1,287 
million, and $186 million was outstanding at September 30, 2012. Average outstanding commercial paper for the fiscal year ended 
September 30, 2011 was $955 million, and $409 million was outstanding at September 30, 2011.  

71  

   
   
   
   
  
   
 
 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
  
   
Table of Contents  

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in millions; due dates by fiscal year):  

Unsecured notes  
5.8% due in 2013 ($100 million par value)  
4.875% due in 2013 ($300 million par value)  
Floating rate notes due in 2014 ($350 million par value)  
1.75% due in 2014 ($450 million par value)  
7.7% due in 2015 ($125 million par value)  
5.5% due in 2016 ($800 million par value)  
7.125% due in 2017 ($150 million par value)  
2.6% due in 2017 ($400 million par value)  
2.355% due in 2017 ($46 million par value)  
5.0% due in 2020 ($500 million par value)  
4.25% due 2021 ($500 million par value)  
3.75% due in 2022 ($450 million par value)  
6.0% due in 2036 ($400 million par value)  
5.7% due in 2041 ($300 million par value)  
11.5% due in 2042 (760,100 equity units in fiscal 2011)  
11.5% notes due in 2042 ($8 million par value)  
5.25% due in 2042 ($250 million par value)  
6.95% due in 2046 ($125 million par value)  
Capital lease obligations  
Foreign-denominated debt  

Euro  

Other  
Gross long-term debt  
Less: current portion  
Net long-term debt  

September 30, 

2012 

2011 

$  100      
   310      
   350      
   456      
   125      
   800      
   162      
   400      
46      
   498      
   497      
   447      
   395      
   299      
   —         
   —         
   250      
   125      
80      

   377      
28      
  5,745      
   424      
$ 5,321      

$  101   
   321   
   350   
   462   
   125   
   800   
   164   
   —      
   —      
   498   
   497   
   —      
   395   
   299   
38   
8   
   —      
   125   
70   

   286   
11   
  4,550   
17   
$ 4,533   

At September 30, 2012, the Company’s euro-denominated long-term debt was at fixed rates with a weighted-average interest rate of 
3.6%. At September 30, 2011, the Company’s euro-denominated long-term debt was at fixed rates with a weighted-average interest rate 
of 4.7%.  

The installments of long-term debt maturing in subsequent fiscal years are: 2013 - $424 million; 2014 - $937 million; 2015 - $135 
million; 2016 - $806 million; 2017 - $839 million; 2018 and thereafter - $2,604 million. The Company’s long-term debt includes various 
financial covenants, none of which are expected to restrict future operations.  

Total interest paid on both short and long-term debt for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $283 million, 
$216 million and $181 million, respectively. The Company uses financial instruments to manage its interest rate exposure (see Note 9, 
“Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” and Note 10, “Fair Value Measurements,” of the notes to consolidated financial 
statements). These instruments affect the weighted average interest rate of the Company’s debt and interest expense.  

Financing Arrangements  

During the quarter ended September 30, 2012, two 37 million euro revolving credit facilities and a 50 million euro revolving credit 
facility expired. The Company entered into a new 50 million euro revolving credit facility scheduled to expire in August 2013. The 
Company also entered into a new 37 million euro and a new 50 million euro revolving credit facility both scheduled to expire in 
September 2013. There were no draws on the facilities during fiscal 2012.  

During the quarter ended September 30, 2012, a $50 million revolving credit facility expired. The Company entered into a new $50 
million revolving credit facility scheduled to expire in September 2013. There were no draws on this facility during fiscal 2012.  

72  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Company remarketed $46 million aggregate principal amount of 11.5% subordinated notes 
due in fiscal 2042, on behalf of holders of Corporate Units and holders of separate notes, by issuing $46 million aggregate principal 
amount of 2.355% senior notes due on March 31, 2017.  

During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, the Company issued $400 million aggregate principal amount of 2.6% senior unsecured 
fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2017, $450 million aggregate principal amount of 3.75% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2022 
and $250 million aggregate principal amount of 5.25% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2042. Aggregate net proceeds of 
$1.1 billion from the issuances were used for general corporate purposes, including the retirement of short-term debt and contributions to 
the Company’s pension and postretirement plans.  

During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, the Company entered into two committed, one-year revolving credit facilities totaling $135 
million in aggregate. There were no draws on either facility during fiscal 2012.  

During the quarter ended December 31, 2011, the Company entered into a five-year, 75 million euro, floating rate credit facility 
scheduled to mature in fiscal 2017. The Company drew on the credit facility during the quarter ended March 31, 2012. Proceeds from the 
facility were used for general corporate purposes.  

During the quarter ended September 30, 2011, the Company had four euro-denominated revolving credit facilities totaling 223 million 
euro with 50 million euro expiring in July 2012, two 37 million euro facilities expiring in September 2012 and 100 million euro expiring 
in August 2014. Additionally, the Company had a $50 million revolving credit facility expiring in September 2012. At September 30, 
2011, there were no draws on the revolving credit facilities.  

During the quarter ended June 30, 2011, a 150 million euro revolving credit facility and a 50 million euro revolving credit facility 
matured.  

During the quarter ended June 30, 2011, a total of 157,820 equity units, which had a purchase contract settlement date of March 31, 2012, 
were early exercised. As a result, the Company issued 766,673 shares of Johnson Controls, Inc. common stock and approximately $8 
million of 11.5% notes due 2042.  

During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company issued $350 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior unsecured 
notes due in fiscal 2014, $450 million aggregate principal amount of 1.75% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2014, $500 
million aggregate principal amount of 4.25% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2021 and $300 million aggregate principal 
amount of 5.7% senior unsecured fixed rate notes due in fiscal 2041. Aggregate net proceeds of $1.6 billion from the issues were used for 
general corporate purposes including the retirement of short-term debt.  

During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company entered into a six-year, 100 million euro, floating rate loan scheduled to mature 
in February 2017. Proceeds from the facility were used for general corporate purposes.  

During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company retired $654 million in principal amount, plus accrued interest, of its 5.25% fixed 
rate notes that matured on January 15, 2011. The Company used cash to fund the payment.  

During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the Company retired its $100 million committed revolving facility prior to its scheduled 
maturity date of December 2011. There were no draws on the facility.  

During the quarter ended December 31, 2010, the Company repaid debt of $82 million which was acquired as part of an acquisition in the 
same quarter. The Company used cash to repay the debt.  

9.  DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES 

The Company selectively uses derivative instruments to reduce market risk associated with changes in foreign currency, commodities, 
stock-based compensation liabilities and interest rates. Under Company policy, the use of derivatives is restricted to those intended for 
hedging purposes; the use of any derivative instrument for speculative purposes is strictly prohibited. A description of each type of 
derivative utilized by the Company to manage risk is included in the following paragraphs. In addition, refer to Note 10, “Fair Value 
Measurements,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for information related to the fair value measurements and valuation 
methods utilized by the Company for each derivative type.  

73  

   
   
Table of Contents  

The Company has global operations and participates in the foreign exchange markets to minimize its risk of loss from fluctuations in 
foreign currency exchange rates. The Company primarily uses foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge certain of its foreign 
exchange rate exposures. The Company hedges 70% to 90% of the nominal amount of each of its known foreign exchange transactional 
exposures.  

The Company has entered into cross-currency interest rate swaps to selectively hedge portions of its net investment in Japan. The 
currency effects of the cross-currency interest rate swaps are reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) account 
within shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. where they offset gains and losses recorded on the Company’s net 
investment in Japan. At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had three cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding totaling 20 
billion yen.  

The Company uses commodity contracts in the financial derivatives market in cases where commodity price risk cannot be naturally 
offset or hedged through supply base fixed price contracts. Commodity risks are systematically managed pursuant to policy guidelines. 
As cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the hedge gains or losses due to changes in fair value are initially recorded as a component 
of AOCI and are subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged transactions, typically sales or costs related to sales, occur and 
affect earnings. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is reflected in the consolidated statement of income. The maturities of the 
commodity contracts coincide with the expected purchase of the commodities. The Company had the following outstanding commodity 
hedge contracts that hedge forecasted purchases:  

Commodity 
Copper  
Lead  
Aluminum  
Tin  

Units 
Pounds 
Metric Tons    
Metric Tons    
Metric Tons    

Volume Outstanding as of 

September 30, 2012      
13,135,000      
21,200      
2,868      
1,344      

September 30, 2011   
18,760,000   
25,600   
5,398   
260   

The Company selectively uses equity swaps to reduce market risk associated with certain of its stock-based compensation plans, such as 
its deferred compensation plans. These equity compensation liabilities increase as the Company’s stock price increases and decrease as 
the Company’s stock price decreases. In contrast, the value of the swap agreement moves in the opposite direction of these liabilities, 
allowing the Company to fix a portion of the liabilities at a stated amount. As of September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had hedged 
approximately 4.5 million and 4.3 million shares of its common stock, respectively.  

The Company selectively uses interest rate swaps to reduce market risk associated with changes in interest rates for its fixed-rate notes. 
As fair value hedges, the interest rate swaps and related debt balances are valued under a market approach using publicized swap curves. 
Changes in the fair value of the swap and hedged portion of the debt are recorded in the consolidated statement of income. In the second 
quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company entered into a fixed to floating interest rate swap totaling $100 million to hedge the coupon of its 
5.8% bond maturing November 15, 2012, two fixed to floating interest rate swaps totaling $300 million to hedge the coupon of its 
4.875% bond maturing September 15, 2013 and five fixed to floating interest rate swaps totaling $450 million to hedge the coupon of its 
1.75% bond maturing March 1, 2014. These eight interest rate swaps were outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and 2011.  

In September 2005, the Company entered into three forward treasury lock agreements to reduce the market risk associated with changes 
in interest rates associated with the Company’s anticipated fixed-rate note issuance to finance the acquisition of York International Corp. 
(cash flow hedge). The three forward treasury lock agreements, which had a combined notional amount of $1.3 billion, fixed a portion of 
the future interest cost for 5-year, 10-year and 30-year notes. The fair value of each treasury lock agreement, or the difference between 
the treasury lock reference rate and the fixed rate at time of note issuance, is amortized to interest expense over the life of the respective 
note issuance. In January 2006, in connection with the Company’s debt refinancing, the three forward treasury lock agreements were 
terminated.  

74  

   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
Table of Contents  

The following table presents the location and fair values of derivative instruments and hedging activities included in the Company’s 
consolidated statements of financial position (in millions):  

Other current assets  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives      
Commodity derivatives  
Interest rate swaps  
Cross-currency interest rate swaps  

Other noncurrent assets  
Interest rate swaps  
Equity swap  
Foreign currency exchange derivatives      

Total assets  

Other current liabilities  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives      
Commodity derivatives  
Cross-currency interest rate swaps  

Current portion of long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Other noncurrent liabilities  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives      

Total liabilities  

Derivatives and Hedging  Activities  
Designated as Hedging Instruments  
under ASC 815 

September 30, 

September 30, 

2012 

2011 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities Not  
Designated as Hedging Instruments  
under ASC 815 

September 30,  
2012 

September 30,  
2011 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

14   
11   
2   
1   

6   
—          
—          
34   

17   
—          
—          

401   

456   

—          
874   

$ 

$ 

28      
—         
—         
—         

15      
—         
11      
54      

49      
32      
20      

—         

865      

19      
985      

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

8   
—          
—          
—          

—          
123   
—          
131   

9   
—          
—          

—          

—          

—          
9   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

18   
—      
—      
—      

—      
112   
16   
146   

21   
—      
—      

—      

—      

11   
32   

The following tables present the location and amount of the effective portion of gains and losses gross of tax on derivative instruments 
and related hedge items reclassified from AOCI into the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the fiscal years ended 
September 30, 2012 and 2011 and amounts recorded in AOCI net of tax in the consolidated statements of financial position (in millions):  

Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships 

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Commodity derivatives  
Forward treasury locks  
Total  

Location of Gain (Loss)  
Reclassified from AOCI into Income  

Cost of sales 
Cost of sales 
Net financing charges 

Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified  
from AOCI into Income 
Year Ended September 30, 

2012 

2011 

$ 

$ 

(19 )  
(25 )  
2   
(42 )  

$ 

$ 

3   
28   
1   
32   

Amount of Gain (Loss)  Recognized  
in AOCI on Derivative 

September 30, 

September 30, 

Derivatives in ASC 815 Cash Flow Hedging Relationships 

2012 

2011 

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Commodity derivatives  
Forward treasury locks  
Total  

$ 

$ 

(3 )     
7      
8      
12      

$ 

$ 

(16 )  
(20 )  
9   
(27 )  

   
   
   
  
   
      
  
  
   
 
  
   
 
      
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
 
  
  
 
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Derivatives in ASC 815 Fair Value Hedging Relationships 

Interest rate swap  
Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  
Total  

Location of Gain (Loss)  
Recognized in Income on Derivative  

Net financing charges 
Net financing charges 

75  

Amount of Gain (Loss)  
Recognized  
in Income on Derivative 
Year Ended September 30, 
2011 

2012    

$ 

$ 

(8 )     
9   
1   

$ 

15   
(15 )  
$  —      

   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments under ASC 815 

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Equity swap  
Total  

Location of Gain (Loss)  
Recognized in Income on Derivative  

Cost of sales 
Net financing charges 
Provision for income taxes 
Selling, general and administrative 

Amount of Gain (Loss)  
Recognized  
in Income on Derivative 
Year Ended September 30, 
2011 
2012 

$ 

$ 

23      
(19 )     
1      
6      
11      

$ 

5   
3   
   —      
(23 )  
(15 )  

$ 

The amount of gains (losses) recognized in cumulative translation adjustment (CTA) within AOCI on the effective portion of outstanding 
net investment hedges was $1 million and $(12) million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the years ended September 30, 
2012 and 2011, no gains or losses were reclassified from CTA into income for the Company’s outstanding net investment hedges, and no 
gains or losses were recognized in income for the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges.  

10.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to 
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a three-level 
fair value hierarchy that prioritizes information used in developing assumptions when pricing an asset or liability as follows:  

Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;  

Level 2: Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and  

Level 3: Unobservable inputs where there is little or no market data, which requires the reporting entity to develop its own 
assumptions.  

ASC 820 requires the use of observable market data, when available, in making fair value measurements. When inputs used to measure 
fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the 
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

76  

   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Recurring Fair Value Measurements  

The following tables present the Company’s fair value hierarchy for those assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of September 30, 
2012 and 2011 (in millions):  

Fair Value Measurements Using: 

Other current assets  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Commodity derivatives  
Interest rate swaps  
Cross-currency interest rate swaps  

Other noncurrent assets  
Interest rate swaps  
Investments in marketable common stock  
Equity swap  

Total assets  
Other current liabilities  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Current portion of long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Total liabilities  

Other current assets  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Other noncurrent assets  
Interest rate swaps  
Investments in marketable common stock  
Equity swap  
Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Total assets  
Other current liabilities  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  
Cross-currency interest rate swaps  
Commodity derivatives  

Long-term debt  

Fixed rate debt swapped to floating  

Other noncurrent liabilities  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives  

Total liabilities  

Total as of  
September 30, 2012      

Quoted Prices 

in Active  
Markets  
(Level 1) 

—         
—         
—         
—         

—         
32      
123      
155      

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

22      
11      
2      
1      

6      
32      
123      
197      

26      

401      

456      
883      

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Significant 

Other  
Observable 

Significant  
Unobservable 

Inputs  
(Level 2)        

Inputs  
(Level 3) 

$ 

22      
11      
2      
1      

6      
   —         
   —         
42      
$ 

$  —      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      
—      
$  —      

—         

$ 

26      

$  —      

—         

—         
—         

401      

456      
883      

$ 

—      

—      
$  —      

Fair Value Measurements Using: 

Total as of  
September 30, 2011      

Quoted Prices 

in Active  
Markets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 

Other  
Observable 

Significant  
Unobservable 

Inputs  
(Level 2)        

Inputs  
(Level 3) 

$ 

46      

$ 

—         

$ 

46      

$  —      

15      
34      
112      
27      
234      

70      
20      
32      

865      

30      
1,017      

$ 

$ 

$ 

77  

—         
34      
112      
—         
146      

—         
—         
—         

—         

—         
—         

$ 

$ 

$ 

15      
   —         
   —         
27      
88      

$ 

$ 

70      
20      
32      

865      

—      
—      
—      
—      
$  —      

$  —      
—      
—      

—      

30      
$  1,017      

—      
$  —      

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
 
      
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
 
      
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Valuation Methods  

Foreign currency exchange derivatives - The Company selectively hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign exchange 
rate risk primarily using foreign currency exchange hedge contracts. The foreign currency exchange derivatives are valued under a market 
approach using publicized spot and forward prices. As cash flow hedges under ASC 815, the effective portion of the hedge gains or losses 
due to changes in fair value are initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and are subsequently 
reclassified into earnings when the hedged transactions occur and affect earnings. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is reflected in the 
consolidated statement of income. These contracts were highly effective in hedging the variability in future cash flows attributable to 
changes in currency exchange rates at September 30, 2012 and 2011. The fair value of foreign currency exchange derivatives that are 
designated as fair value hedges under ASC 815, as well as those not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815, are recorded in 
the consolidated statement of income.  

Commodity derivatives - The Company selectively hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to commodity price risk, primarily 
using commodity hedge contracts, to minimize overall price risk associated with the Company’s purchases of lead, copper, tin and 
aluminum. The commodity derivatives are valued under a market approach using publicized prices, where available, or dealer quotes. As 
cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the hedge gains or losses due to changes in fair value are initially recorded as a component of 
accumulated other comprehensive income and are subsequently reclassified into earnings when the hedged transactions, typically sales or 
cost related to sales, occur and affect earnings. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is reflected in the consolidated statement of income. 
These contracts are highly effective in hedging the variability in future cash flows attributable to changes in commodity price changes at 
September 30, 2012 and 2011.  

Interest rate swaps and related debt - The Company selectively uses interest rate swaps to reduce market risk associated with changes in 
interest rates for its fixed-rate bonds. As fair value hedges, the interest rate swaps and related debt balances are valued under a market 
approach using publicized swap curves. Changes in the fair value of the swap and hedged portion of the debt are recorded in the 
consolidated statement of income. In the second quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company entered into a fixed to floating interest rate swap 
totaling $100 million to hedge the coupons of its 5.80% notes maturing November 15, 2012, two fixed to floating interest rate swaps 
totaling $300 million to hedge the coupon of its 4.875% notes maturing September 15, 2013 and five fixed to floating interest rate swaps 
totaling $450 million to hedge the coupon of its 1.75% bond maturing March 1, 2014. These eight interest rate swaps were outstanding as 
of September 30, 2012 and 2011.  

Cross-currency interest rate swaps - The Company selectively uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency rate 
risk associated with certain of its investments in Japan. The cross-currency interest rate swaps are valued using observable market data. 
Changes in the market value of the swaps are reflected in the foreign currency translation adjustments component of accumulated other 
comprehensive income where they offset gains and losses recorded on the Company’s net investment in Japan. At September 30, 2012 
and 2011, the Company had three cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding totaling 20 billion yen.  

Investments in marketable common stock - The Company invests in certain marketable common stock, which is valued under a market 
approach using publicized share prices. As of September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded unrealized gains of $5 million and $9 
million, respectively, in accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company also recorded unrealized losses of $3 million in 
accumulated other comprehensive income on these investments as of September 30, 2011, and no unrealized losses as of September 30, 
2012. In the second quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to an investment in marketable common 
stock due to the investee’s bankruptcy announcement in March 2012. As a result, the Company recorded a $14 million impairment charge 
within selling, general, and administrative expenses in the Power Solutions segment. The impairment reduced the investment to zero and 
was measured under a market approach using the publicized share price. The inputs utilized in the analysis are classified as Level 1 inputs 
within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820.  

Equity swaps - The Company selectively uses equity swaps to reduce market risk associated with certain of its stock-based compensation 
plans, such as its deferred compensation plans. The equity swaps are valued under a market approach as the fair value of the swaps is 
equal to the Company’s stock price at the reporting period date. Changes in fair value on the equity swaps are reflected in the 
consolidated statement of income within selling, general and administrative expenses.  

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short-term debt and accounts payable approximate their carrying 
values. The fair value of long-term debt, which was $6.3 billion and $4.9 billion at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively, was 
determined using market quotes classified as Level 1 inputs within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy.  

78  

   
Table of Contents  

11.  STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION 

The Company has three share-based compensation plans, which are described below. The compensation cost charged against income for 
those plans was approximately $55 million, $47 million and $52 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of income for share-based compensation 
arrangements was approximately $22 million, $19 million and $21 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively. The Company applies a non-substantive vesting period approach whereby expense is accelerated for those employees that 
receive awards and are eligible to retire prior to the award vesting.  

Stock Option Plan  

The Company’s 2007 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the Plan), which is shareholder-approved, permits the grant of stock options to its 
employees for up to approximately 40 million shares of new common stock as of September 30, 2012. Option awards are granted with an 
exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant; those option awards vest between two and three years 
after the grant date and expire ten years from the grant date (approximately 16 million shares of common stock remained available to be 
granted at September 30, 2012).  

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the 
assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock and other 
factors. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The 
expected term of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods 
during the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  

Expected life of option (years)  
Risk-free interest rate  
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock  
Expected dividend yield on the Company’s stock  

    0.54% - 1.61%   

2012 
4.8 - 6.4 

40.00% 
1.81% 

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 
4.5 - 6.0 
1.10% - 1.58%   
38.00% 
1.74% 

2010 
4.3 - 5.0 
1.91% - 2.20% 
40.00% 
1.73% 

A summary of stock option activity at September 30, 2012, and changes for the year then ended, is presented below:  

Outstanding, September 30, 2011  
Granted  
Exercised  
Forfeited or expired  
Outstanding, September 30, 2012  
Exercisable, September 30, 2012  

Weighted  
Average  
Option Price      

$  25.87      
28.54      
21.00      
30.28      
$  26.39      
$  25.35      

Shares  
Subject to  
Option 

  34,224,012     
   5,017,870     
  (1,933,069 )    
(840,310 )    
  36,468,503     
  24,885,923     

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining 
Contractual 

Life (years)      

Aggregate  
Intrinsic  
Value  
(in millions)   

5.3      
3.9      

$ 
$ 

101   
95   

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 
$8.92, $9.09 and $7.70, respectively.  

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $19 
million, $101 million and $33 million, respectively.  

79  

   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
     
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

In conjunction with the exercise of stock options granted, the Company received cash payments for the fiscal years ended September 30, 
2012, 2011 and 2010 of approximately $40 million, $105 million and $52 million, respectively.  

The Company has elected to utilize the alternative transition method for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation. The 
alternative transition method includes computational guidance to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool 
(APIC Pool) related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, and a simplified method to determine the subsequent 
impact on the APIC Pool for employee stock-based compensation awards that are vested and outstanding upon adoption of ASC 718. The 
tax benefit from the exercise of stock options, which is recorded in capital in excess of par value, was $3 million, $30 million and $7 
million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company does not settle equity instruments 
granted under share-based payment arrangements for cash.  

At September 30, 2012, the Company had approximately $32 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-
based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.8 
years.  

Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs)  

The Plan also permits SARs to be separately granted to certain employees. SARs vest under the same terms and conditions as option 
awards; however, they are settled in cash for the difference between the market price on the date of exercise and the exercise price. As a 
result, SARs are recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position as a liability until the date of exercise.  

The fair value of each SAR award is estimated using a similar method described for option awards. The fair value of each SAR award is 
recalculated at the end of each reporting period and the liability and expense adjusted based on the new fair value.  

The assumptions used to determine the fair value of the SAR awards at September 30, 2012 were as follows:  

Expected life of SAR (years)  
Risk-free interest rate  
Expected volatility of the Company’s stock  
Expected dividend yield on the Company’s stock  

0.05 - 4.0 
0.07% - .47% 
40.00% 
1.81% 

A summary of SAR activity at September 30, 2012, and changes for the year then ended, is presented below:  

Outstanding, September 30, 2011  
Granted  
Exercised  
Forfeited or expired  
Outstanding, September 30, 2012  
Exercisable, September 30, 2012  

Weighted 
Average  
SAR Price      

$  26.24      
   28.54      
   19.28      
   29.47      
$  26.93      
$  25.91      

Shares  
Subject to  
SAR 

  3,463,975     
   669,824     
   (218,607 )    
   (139,314 )    
  3,775,878     
  2,311,820     

Weighted  
Average  
Remaining 
Contractual 

Life (years)      

Aggregate 

Intrinsic  
Value  
(in  
millions)   

5.8      
4.2      

$ 
$ 

8   
8   

In conjunction with the exercise of SARs granted, the Company made payments of $2 million, $4 million and $3 million during the fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

80  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Restricted (Nonvested) Stock  

The Company has a restricted stock plan that provides for the award of restricted shares of common stock or restricted share units to 
certain key employees. Awards under the restricted stock plan typically vest 50% after two years from the grant date and 50% after four 
years from the grant date. The plan allows for different vesting terms on specific grants with approval by the board of directors.  

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested restricted stock awards at September 30, 2012, and changes for the fiscal year then 
ended, is presented below:  

Nonvested, September 30, 2011  
Granted  
Vested  
Forfeited  

Nonvested, September 30, 2012  

Weighted 

Average 
Price 

$ 32.85      
   27.69      
   33.44      
   28.54      

Shares/Units 
Subject to  
Restriction    

  1,064,405   
   409,459   
   (474,205 )  
(2,600 )  

$ 30.46      

   997,059   

At September 30, 2012, the Company had approximately $12 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-
based compensation arrangements granted under the restricted stock plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average 
period of 1.3 years.  

12.  EARNINGS PER SHARE 

The Company presents both basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) amounts. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income 
attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted 
EPS is calculated by dividing net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares and 
common equivalent shares outstanding during the reporting period that are calculated using the treasury stock method for stock options. 
The treasury stock method assumes that the Company uses the proceeds from the exercise of awards to repurchase common stock at the 
average market price during the period. The assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method include the purchase price that the grantee 
will pay in the future, compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized and any windfall tax benefits that 
would be credited to capital in excess of par value when the award generates a tax deduction. If there would be a shortfall resulting in a 
charge to capital in excess of par value, such an amount would be a reduction of the proceeds.  

The Company’s outstanding Equity Units due 2042 and 6.5% convertible senior notes due 2012 are reflected in diluted earnings per share 
using the “if-converted” method. Under this method, if dilutive, the common stock is assumed issued as of the beginning of the reporting 
period and included in calculating diluted earnings per share. In addition, if dilutive, interest expense, net of tax, related to the outstanding 
Equity Units and convertible senior notes is added back to the numerator in calculating diluted earnings per share.  

81  

   
   
   
  
   
 
     
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share (in millions):  

Income Available to Common Shareholders  
Basic income available to common shareholders  

Interest expense, net of tax  

Diluted income available to common shareholders  

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding  
Basic weighted average shares outstanding  
Effect of dilutive securities:  
Stock options  
Equity units  
Convertible senior notes  

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding  

Antidilutive Securities  
Options to purchase common shares  

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 

2010 

2012 

$ 1,226      
1      
$ 1,227      

$ 1,415      
3      
$ 1,418      

$ 1,307   
5   
$ 1,312   

  681.5      

  677.7      

  672.0   

5.2      
1.9      
   —         
  688.6      

8.1      
4.1      
   —         
  689.9      

5.9   
4.5   
0.1   
  682.5   

2.2      

0.4      

0.8   

During the three months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company declared a dividend of $0.18 and $0.16, respectively, per 
common share. During the twelve months ended September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company declared four quarterly dividends totaling 
$0.72 and $0.64, respectively, per common share. The Company paid all dividends in the month subsequent to the end of each fiscal 
quarter.  

82  

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

13.  EQUITY AND NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS 

The following schedules present changes in consolidated equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. and noncontrolling interests (in 
millions):  

Equity Attributable to 

Johnson Controls,  
Inc. 

Equity Attributable  
to  
Noncontrolling  
Interests 

      Total Equity   

   $ 

9,100      $ 

84       $  9,184   

At September 30, 2009  
Total comprehensive income:  

Net income  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Realized and unrealized gains on derivatives  
Unrealized gains on marketable common stock  
Employee retirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Other changes in equity:  

Cash dividends - common stock ($0.52 per share)  
Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests  
Redemption value adjustment attributable to redeemable 

noncontrolling interests  

Other, including options exercised  

At September 30, 2010  
Total comprehensive income:  

Net income  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Realized and unrealized losses on derivatives  
Unrealized gains on marketable common stock  
Employee retirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Other changes in equity:  

Cash dividends - common stock ($0.64 per share)  
Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests  
Redemption value adjustment attributable to redeemable 

noncontrolling interests  

Increase in noncontrolling interest share  
Other, including options exercised  

At September 30, 2011  
Total comprehensive income:  

Net income  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Realized and unrealized gains on derivatives  
Unrealized losses on marketable common stock  
Employee retirement plans  

Other comprehensive loss  

Comprehensive income  

Other changes in equity:  

Cash dividends - common stock ($0.72 per share)  
Dividends attributable to noncontrolling interests  
Redemption value adjustment attributable to redeemable 

noncontrolling interests  
Repurchases of common stock  
Other, including options exercised  

At September 30, 2012  

   $ 

83  

1,307        
(115 )       
13        
3        
14        
(85 )       
1,222        

(350 )       
—           

9        
90        
10,071        

1,415        
(109 )       
(47 )       
3        
4        
(149 )       
1,266        

(435 )       
—           

(32 )       
—           
172        
11,042        

1,226        
(221 )       
39        
(1 )       
(8 )       
(191 )       
1,035        

(492 )       
—           

(35 )       
(102 )       
107        
11,555      $ 

43         
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           
43         

1,350   
(115 )  
13   
3   
14   
(85 )  
1,265   

—           
(22 )       

(350 )  
(22 )  

—           
1         

9   
91   
106          10,177   

53         
(1 )       
—           
—           
—           
(1 )       
52         

1,468   
(110 )  
(47 )  
3   
4   
(150 )  
1,318   

—           
(32 )       

(435 )  
(32 )  

(32 )  
—           
12   
12         
—           
172   
138          11,180   

58         
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           
58         

1,284   
(221 )  
39   
(1 )  
(8 )  
(191 )  
1,093   

—           
(48 )       

(492 )  
(48 )  

(35 )  
—           
(102 )  
—           
—           
107   
148       $  11,703   

   
   
  
  
 
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows (in millions, net of tax):  

Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives  
Unrealized gains on marketable common stock  
Employee retirement plans  
Accumulated other comprehensive income  

September 30, 

2012      
$ 413      
   12      
5      
   28      
$ 458      

2011   
$ 634   
   (27 )  
6   
   36   
$ 649   

The Company consolidates certain subsidiaries in which the noncontrolling interest party has within their control the right to require the 
Company to redeem all or a portion of its interest in the subsidiary. The redeemable noncontrolling interests are reported at their 
estimated redemption value. Any adjustment to the redemption value impacts retained earnings but does not impact net income. 
Redeemable noncontrolling interests which are redeemable only upon future events, the occurrence of which is not currently probable, 
are recorded at carrying value.  

The following schedules present changes in the redeemable noncontrolling interests (in millions):  

Beginning balance, September 30  

Net income  
Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Change in noncontrolling interest share  
Dividends  
Redemption value adjustment  

Ending balance, September 30  

14.  RETIREMENT PLANS 

Year Ended  
September 30, 2012      

Year Ended  
September 30, 2011      

Year Ended  
September 30, 2010   

   $ 

   $ 

260       $ 
69         
(1 )       
(95 )       
(15 )       
35         
253       $ 

196       $ 
64         
—           
(21 )       
(11 )       
32         
260       $ 

155   
32   
1   
17   
—      
(9 )  
196   

As discussed in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” the Company elected to change its policy for recognizing pension 
and postretirement benefit expenses. The historical accounting treatment smoothed asset returns and amortized deferred actuarial gains 
and losses over future years. The new mark-to-market accounting method recognizes those gains and losses in the fourth quarter of each 
fiscal year or at the date of a remeasurement event. The Company believes this new policy will provide greater transparency to on-going 
operational results. The change has no impact on pension and postretirement funding or benefits paid to participants. This change in 
accounting policy has been applied retrospectively, revising all periods presented. See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further information on the change in accounting policy and the impact of 
the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Pension Benefits  

The Company has non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering certain U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The benefits provided 
are primarily based on years of service and average compensation or a monthly retirement benefit amount. Effective January 1, 2006, 
certain of the Company’s U.S. pension plans were amended to prohibit new participants from entering the plans. Effective September 30, 
2009, active participants will continue to accrue benefits under the amended plans until December 31, 2014. Funding for U.S. pension 
plans equals or exceeds the minimum requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. Funding for non-U.S. 
plans observes the local legal and regulatory limits. Also, the Company makes contributions to union-trusteed pension funds for 
construction and service personnel.  

For pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations (ABO) that exceed plan assets, the projected benefit obligation (PBO), ABO and 
fair value of plan assets of those plans were $4,450 million, $4,242 million and $3,279 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2012 
and $4,339 million, $4,185 million and $3,346 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2011.  

84  

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
     
     
     
     
     
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

In fiscal 2012, total employer and employee contributions to the defined benefit pension plans were $364 million, of which $266 million 
were voluntary contributions made by the Company. The Company expects to contribute approximately $100 million in cash to its 
defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 2013. Projected benefit payments from the plans as of September 30, 2012 are estimated as 
follows (in millions):  

2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018-2022  

Postretirement Benefits  

$  281   
   287   
   283   
   288   
   292   
  1,555   

The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retirees and their dependents primarily in the U.S. Most 
non-U.S. employees are covered by government sponsored programs, and the cost to the Company is not significant.  

Eligibility for coverage is based on meeting certain years of service and retirement age qualifications. These benefits may be subject to 
deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations, and the Company has reserved the right to modify these benefits. Effective 
January 31, 1994, the Company modified certain salaried plans to place a limit on the Company’s cost of future annual retiree medical 
benefits at no more than 150% of the 1993 cost.  

The September 30, 2012 postretirement PBO for both pre-65 and post-65 years of age employees was determined using assumed medical 
care cost trend rates of 7.5% for U.S. plans, decreasing one half percent each year to an ultimate rate of 5% and 7.5% for non-U.S. plans, 
decreasing three twentieths of one percent each year to an ultimate rate of 4.5%. The prescription drug trend rates used were 7.5% for 
U.S. plans, decreasing one half percent each year to an ultimate rate of 5% and 8.5% for non-U.S. plans, decreasing one fifth of one 
percent each year to an ultimate rate of 4.5%. The September 30, 2011 PBO for both pre-65 and post-65 years of age employees was 
determined using medical care cost trend rates of 7.5% for U.S. plans, decreasing one half percent each year to an ultimate rate of 5% and 
a flat 5% for non-U.S. plans. The prescription drug trend rates used were 7.5% for U.S. plans and non-U.S. plans, decreasing one half 
percent each year to an ultimate rate of 5%. The health care cost trend assumption does not have a significant effect on the amounts 
reported.  

In fiscal 2012, total employer and employee contributions to the postretirement plans were $63 million, of which $60 million were 
voluntary contributions made by the Company. The Company does not expect to make any significant contributions to its postretirement 
plans in fiscal year 2013. Projected benefit payments from the plans as of September 30, 2012 are estimated as follows (in millions):  

2013  
2014  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018-2022  

$ 22   
  22   
  23   
  23   
  23   
  91   

In December 2003, the U.S. Congress enacted the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (Act) for 
employers sponsoring postretirement care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. The Act introduces a prescription drug benefit 
under Medicare as well as a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans providing a benefit that is at least actuarially 
equivalent to Medicare Part D.1. Under the Act, the Medicare subsidy amount is received directly by the plan sponsor and not the related 
plan. Further, the plan sponsor is not required to use the subsidy amount to fund postretirement benefits and may use the subsidy for any 
valid business purpose. Projected subsidy receipts are estimated to be approximately $3 million per year over the next ten years.  

Savings and Investment Plans  

The Company sponsors various defined contribution savings plans primarily in the U.S. that allow employees to contribute a portion of 
their pre-tax and/or after-tax income in accordance with plan specified guidelines. Under  

85  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

specified conditions, the Company will contribute to certain savings plans based on the employees’ eligible pay and/or will match a 
percentage of the employee contributions up to certain limits. Matching contributions charged to expense amounted to $65 million, $67 
million and $42 million for the fiscal years ended 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  

Multiemployer Benefit Plans  

The Company contributes to multiemployer benefit plans based on obligations arising from collective bargaining agreements related to 
certain of its hourly employees in the U.S. These plans provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing 
employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. The trustees typically are responsible for determining the level 
of benefits to be provided to participants as well as for such matters as the investment of the assets and the administration of the plans.  

The risks of participating in these multiemployer benefit plans are different from single-employer benefit plans in the following aspects:  

• 

• 

• 

   Assets contributed to the multiemployer benefit plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other 
participating employers.  
   If a participating employer stops contributing to the multiemployer benefit plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne 
by the remaining participating employers.  
   If the Company stops participating in some of its multiemployer benefit plans, the Company may be required to pay those plans an 
amount based on its allocable share of the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.  

The Company participates in over 300 multiemployer benefit plans, primarily related to its Building Efficiency business in the U.S., none 
of which are individually significant to the Company. The number of employees covered by the Company’s multiemployer benefit plans 
has remained consistent over the past three years, and there have been no significant changes that affect the comparability of fiscal 2012, 
2011 and 2010 contributions. The Company recognizes expense for the contractually-required contribution for each period. The 
Company contributed $47 million, $51 million and $46 million to multiemployer benefit plans in fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010, 
respectively.  

Based on the most recent information available, the Company believes that the present value of actuarial accrued liabilities in certain of 
these multiemployer benefit plans may exceed the value of the assets held in trust to pay benefits. Currently, the Company is not aware of 
any significant multiemployer benefits plans for which it is probable or reasonably possible that the Company will be obligated to make 
up any shortfall in funds. Moreover, if the Company were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these funds, 
the Company could trigger a withdrawal liability. Currently, the Company is not aware of any significant multiemployer benefit plans for 
which it is probable or reasonably possible that the Company will withdraw from the plan. Any accrual for a shortfall or withdrawal 
liability will be recorded when it is probable that a liability exists and it can be reasonably estimated.  

Plan Assets  

The Company’s investment policies employ an approach whereby a mix of equities, fixed income and alternative investments are used to 
maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The investment portfolio primarily contains a diversified blend of 
equity and fixed income investments. Equity investments are diversified across domestic and non-domestic stocks, as well as growth, 
value and small to large capitalizations. Fixed income investments include corporate and government issues, with short-, mid- and long-
term maturities, with a focus on investment grade when purchased and a target duration close to that of the plan liability. Investment and 
market risks are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through regular investment portfolio reviews, annual liability 
measurements and periodic asset/liability studies. The majority of the real estate component of the portfolio is invested in a diversified 
portfolio of high-quality, operating properties with cash yields greater than the targeted appreciation. Investments in other alternative 
asset classes, including hedge funds and commodities, are made via mutual funds to diversify the expected investment returns relative to 
the equity and fixed income investments. As a result of our diversification strategies, there are no significant concentrations of risk within 
the portfolio of investments.  

The Company’s actual asset allocations are in line with target allocations. The Company rebalances asset allocations as appropriate, in 
order to stay within a range of allocation for each asset category.  

86  

   
   
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

The expected return on plan assets is based on the Company’s expectation of the long-term average rate of return of the capital markets in 
which the plans invest. The average market returns are adjusted, where appropriate, for active asset management returns. The expected 
return reflects the investment policy target asset mix and considers the historical returns earned for each asset category.  

87  

   
Table of Contents  

The Company’s plan assets at September 30, 2012 and 2011, by asset category, are as follows (in millions):  

Asset Category 

U.S. Pension  
Cash  
Equity Securities  

Large-Cap  
Small-Cap  
International - Developed  

Fixed Income Securities  
Government  
Corporate/Other  

Hedge Funds  
Real Estate  

Total  

Non-U.S. Pension  
Cash  
Equity Securities  

Large-Cap  
International - Developed  
International - Emerging  

Fixed Income Securities  
Government  
Corporate/Other  

Commodities  
Hedge Fund  
Real Estate  

Total  

Postretirement  
Cash  
Equity Securities  

Large-Cap  
Small-Cap  
International - Developed  
International - Emerging  

Fixed Income Securities  
Government  
Corporate/Other  

Commodities  
Real Estate  

Total  

Fair Value Measurements Using: 

Total as of  
September 30, 2012      

Quoted Prices 

in Active  
Markets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 

Other  
Observable 

Significant  
Unobservable 

Inputs  
(Level 2)        

Inputs  
(Level 3) 

$ 

25      

$ 

25      

$  —         

$  —      

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

781      
324      
617      

685      
219      

94      

240      

781      
324      
617      

685      
219      

—         

—         

   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         

   —         

   —         

2,985      

$ 

2,651      

$  —         

$ 

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

94   

240   

334   

61      

$ 

61      

$  —         

$  —      

134      
383      
46      

334      
540      

12      

56      

91      

134      
383      
46      

334      
540      

12      

—         

83      

   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         

   —         

   —         

   —         

1,657      

$ 

1,593      

$  —         

$ 

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

—      

56   

8   

64   

6      

$ 

6      

$  —         

$  —      

35      
11      
25      
14      

26      
74      

20      

12      

35      
11      
25      
14      

26      
74      

20      

12      

   —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         

   —         

   —         

—      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

$ 

223      

$ 

223      

$  —         

$  —      

88  

   
   
  
   
  
   
 
      
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Asset Category 

U.S. Pension  
Cash  
Equity Securities  

Large-Cap  
Small-Cap  
International - Developed  

Fixed Income Securities  
Government  
Corporate/Other  

Hedge Funds  
Real Estate  

Total  

Non-U.S. Pension  
Cash  
Equity Securities  

Large-Cap  
International - Developed  
International - Emerging  

Fixed Income Securities  
Government  
Corporate/Other  

Commodities  
Real Estate  

Total  

Postretirement  
Equity Securities  

Large-Cap  
Small-Cap  
International - Developed  
International - Emerging  

Fixed Income Securities  
Government  
Corporate/Other  

Commodities  
Real Estate  

Total  

Fair Value Measurements Using: 

Total as of  
September 30, 2011      

Quoted Prices 

in Active  
Markets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 

Other  
Observable 

Significant  
Unobservable 

Inputs  
(Level 2)        

Inputs  
(Level 3) 

$ 

25      

$ 

25      

$  —         

$  —      

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

734      
230      
429      

162      
494      

94      

204      

734      
230      
429      

162      
494      

—         

—         

   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         

   —         

   —         

2,372      

$ 

2,074      

$  —         

$ 

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

94   

204   

298   

57      

$ 

57      

$  —         

$  —      

141      
347      
47      

276      
499      

11      

93      

141      
347      
47      

276      
499      

11      

86      

   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         

   —         

   —         

1,471      

$ 

1,464      

$  —         

$ 

—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

—      

7   

7   

$ 

25      
8      
19      
9      

19      
53      

14      

9      

25      
8      
19      
9      

19      
53      

14      

9      

$  —         
   —         
   —         
   —         

   —         
   —         

   —         

   —         

$  —      
—      
—      
—      

—      
—      

—      

—      

$ 

156      

$ 

156      

$  —         

$  —      

89  

   
  
   
  
   
 
      
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value.  

Cash: The fair value of cash is valued at cost.  

Equity Securities: The fair value of equity securities is determined by direct or indirect quoted market prices. If indirect quoted market 
prices are utilized, the value of assets held in separate accounts is not published, but the investment managers report daily the underlying 
holdings. The underlying holdings are direct quoted market prices on regulated financial exchanges.  

Fixed Income Securities: The fair value of fixed income securities is determined by direct or indirect quoted market prices. If indirect 
quoted market prices are utilized, the value of assets held in separate accounts is not published, but the investment managers report daily 
the underlying holdings. The underlying holdings are direct quoted market prices on regulated financial exchanges.  

Commodities: The fair value of the commodities is determined by quoted market prices of the underlying holdings on regulated financial 
exchanges.  

Hedge Funds: The fair value of hedge funds is accounted for by a custodian. The custodian obtains valuations from underlying managers 
based on market quotes for the most liquid assets and alternative methods for assets that do not have sufficient trading activity to derive 
prices. The Company and custodian review the methods used by the underlying managers to value the assets. The Company believes this 
is an appropriate methodology to obtain the fair value of these assets.  

Real Estate: The fair value of Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) is recorded as Level 1 as these securities are traded on an open 
exchange. The fair value measurement of other investments in real estate is deemed Level 3 since the value of these investments is 
provided by fund managers. The fund managers value the real estate investments via independent third party appraisals on a periodic 
basis. Assumptions used to revalue the properties are updated every quarter. The Company believes this is an appropriate methodology to 
obtain the fair value of these assets. For the component of the real estate portfolio under development, the investments are carried at cost 
until they are completed and valued by a third party appraiser.  

The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of 
future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market 
participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in 
a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.  

90  

   
Table of Contents  

The following sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of assets measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in 
millions):  

U.S. Pension  
Asset value as of September 30, 2010  
Additions net of redemptions  
Realized gain  
Unrealized gain  

Asset value as of September 30, 2011  
Additions net of redemptions  
Unrealized gain  

Asset value as of September 30, 2012  

Non-U.S. Pension  
Asset value as of September 30, 2010  
Unrealized gain  

Asset value as of September 30, 2011  
Additions net of redemptions  
Unrealized gain  

Asset value as of September 30, 2012  

91  

Total      

Hedge Funds       

Real Estate   

$ 232      

$ 

91      

$ 

141   

   41      
   10      
   15      

—         
—         
3      

41   
10   
12   

$ 298      

$ 

94      

$ 

204   

   11      
   25      

—         
—         

11   
25   

$ 334      

$ 

94      

$ 

240   

$  6      

$  —         

$ 

1      

—         

$  7      

$  —         

$ 

6   

1   

7   

   48      
9      

$  64      

$ 

48      
8      

56      

   —      
1   

$ 

8   

   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Funded Status  

The table that follows contains the ABO and reconciliations of the changes in the PBO, the changes in plan assets and the funded status 
(in millions):  

September 30, 

Accumulated Benefit Obligation  

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation  
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Plan participant contributions  
Acquisitions  
Divestitures  
Actuarial loss  
Amendments made during the year  
Benefits paid  
Estimated subsidy received  
Curtailment gain  
Settlement  
Other  
Currency translation adjustment  

Projected benefit obligation at end of year  

Change in Plan Assets  
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  
Actual return on plan assets  
Acquisitions  
Divestitures  
Employer and employee contributions  
Benefits paid  
Settlement payments  
Other  
Currency translation adjustment  

Fair value of plan assets at end of year  

Funded status  

Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:  

Prepaid benefit cost  
Accrued benefit liability  

Net amount recognized  

Weighted Average Assumptions (1)  
Discount rate (2)  
Rate of compensation increase  

Pension Benefits 

U.S. Plans 

Non-U.S. Plans 

Postretirement  
Benefits 

2012 

2011 

2012 

2011 

2012    

2011    

    $ 3,586   

   $ 2,850   

   $ 1,904   

   $ 1,774   

   $ —     

   $ —     

      2,953   
69   
       150   
       —         
       —         
       —         
       722   
       —         
       (158 )     
       —         
       —         
       —         
       —         
       —         

  2,717   
66   
   145   
   —         
   —         
   —         
   177   
   —         
   (150 )     
   —         
   —         
(2 )     
   —         
   —         

  1,852   
41   
73   
6   
6   
(2 )     

   109   

(6 )     
(74 )     
   —         
(2 )     
(19 )     
41   
   —         

  1,725   
34   
70   
6   
76   
   —         

9   
(32 )     
(67 )     
   —         
(30 )     
(12 )     
40   
33   

   259   
5   
   13   
7   
   —         
   —         
7   
   —         
   (31 )     
2   
   —         
   —         
2   
2   

   256   
5   
   13   
6   
   —      
   —      
5   
   —      
   (27 )  
1   
   —      
   —      
   —      
   —      

    $ 3,736   

   $ 2,953   

   $ 2,025   

   $ 1,852   

   $ 266   

   $ 259   

    $ 2,372   
       504   
       —         
       —         
       267   
       (158 )     
       —         
       —         
       —         

   $ 2,471   
44   
   —         
   —         

9   

   (150 )     
(2 )     
   —         
   —         

   $ 1,471   
   155   
   —         
(1 )     
97   
(74 )     
(19 )     
16   
12   

   $ 1,216   
29   
12   
   —         
   271   

(67 )     
(12 )     
1   
21   

   $ 156   
   35   
   —         
   —         
   63   
   (31 )     
   —         
   —         
   —         

   $ —      
   —      
   —      
   —      
   183   
   (27 )  
   —      
   —      
   —      

    $ 2,985   

   $ 2,372   

   $ 1,657   

   $ 1,471   

   $ 223   

   $ 156   

    $  (751 )      $  (581 )      $  (368 )      $  (381 )      $  (43 )      $ (103 )  

3   

    $ 
       (754 )     

   $  —          $ 
   (581 )     

61   
   (429 )     

   $ 

40   
   (421 )     

   $  39   

   (82 )     

   $  15   
  (118 )  

    $  (751 )      $  (581 )      $  (368 )      $  (381 )      $  (43 )      $ (103 )  

       4.15 %    
       3.25 %    

   5.25 %    
   3.30 %    

   3.40 %    
   2.40 %    

   4.00 %    
   2.50 %    

  4.15 %    
   NA       

  5.25 %  
   NA    

92  

   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

(1) 

(2) 

   Plan assets and obligations are determined based on a September 30 measurement date at September 30, 2012 and 2011.  

The Company considers the expected benefit payments on a plan-by-plan basis when setting assumed discount rates. As a result, the 
Company uses different discount rates for each plan depending on the plan jurisdiction, the demographics of participants and the expected 
timing of benefit payments. For the U.S. pension and postretirement plans, the Company uses a discount rate provided by an independent 
third party calculated based on an appropriate mix of high quality bonds. For the non-U.S. pension and postretirement plans, the 
Company consistently uses the relevant country specific benchmark indices for determining the various discount rates.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income  

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated statement of financial position, exclusive of tax impacts, 
that have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost at September 30, 2012 are as follows (in millions):  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income)  

Net transition obligation  
Net prior service credit  

Total  

Pension 

Benefits      

Postretirement Benefits   

$ 

2      
(16 )    
$  (14 )    

$ 

$ 

—      
(26 )  
(26 )  

The amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the 
next fiscal year are shown below (in millions):  

Amortization of:  

Net transition obligation  
Net prior service credit  

Total  

93  

Pension 

Benefits      

Postretirement Benefits   

$  —        
(1 )    
(1 )    

$ 

$ 

$ 

—      
(17 )  
(17 )  

   
   
   
  
   
 
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
 
   
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Net Periodic Benefit Cost  

The table that follows contains the components of net periodic benefit cost (in millions):  

Year ended September 30 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost:  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Net actuarial (gain) loss  
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)  
Curtailment gain  
Settlement loss  

Net periodic benefit cost  

Expense Assumptions:  
Discount rate  
Expected return on plan assets  
Rate of compensation increase  

    2012    

U.S. Plans 
2011    

2010    

2012    

Non-U.S. Plans 
2011    

2010    

Pension Benefits 

Postretirement Benefits 
2011    

2012    

2010    

   $  41   
      73   

   $  66   
      145   

   $  67   
      152   

   $ 
4   
   $  34   
    $  69   
       150   
      14   
      70   
      (214 )        (203 )        (156 )         (75 )         (75 )         (63 )         (11 )         —             —      
      134   
      43   
       432   
      24   
      —             (17 )         (17 )         (17 )  
2   
1   
(1 )         —             —             —      
      —             —             —      
2   

      336   
1   
       —             —             —            
       —             —             —             —            

(1 )        
(2 )         (19 )        

      111   
1   

   $ 
5   
      13   

   $  38   
      68   

   $ 
5   
      13   

      (15 )        

      30   

4   

5   

    $ 438   

   $ 345   

   $ 175   

   $  66   

   $  59   

   $ 178   

   $  (25 )      $ 

6   

   $  25   

      5.25 %       5.50 %       6.25 %       4.00 %       4.00 %       4.75 %       5.25 %       5.50 %       6.25 %  
      8.50 %       8.50 %       8.50 %       5.15 %       5.50 %       6.00 %       6.30 %        NA           NA    
      3.30 %       3.20 %       4.20 %       2.45 %       3.00 %       3.20 %        NA           NA           NA    

15.  SIGNIFICANT RESTRUCTURING COSTS 

To better align its resources with its growth strategies and reduce the cost structure of its global operations to address the softness in 
certain underlying markets, the Company committed to a significant restructuring plan (2012 Plan) in the third and fourth quarters of 
fiscal 2012 and recorded a $297 million restructuring charge, $52 million in the third quarter and $245 million in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2012. The restructuring charge related to cost reduction initiatives in the Company’s Automotive Experience, Building Efficiency 
and Power Solutions businesses and included workforce reductions and plant closures. The restructuring actions are expected to be 
substantially complete by the end of fiscal 2014.  

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s 2012 Plan reserve, included within other current liabilities in the 
consolidated statements of financial position (in millions):  

Original reserve  

Utilized - cash  
Utilized - noncash  
Balance at September 30, 2012  

Employee  
Severance and 

Termination  
Benefits 

Fixed Asset 

Impairment      

Other      

Total   

$ 

$ 

237      
(16 )    
—        
221      

$ 
39      
   —        
(39 )    
$  —        

$ 21      
   (6 )    
   (8 )    
$  7      

$ 297   
   (22 )  
   (47 )  
$ 228   

The 2012 Plan included workforce reductions of approximately 7,500 employees (5,100 for the Automotive Experience business, 1,700 
for the Building Efficiency business and 700 for the Power Solutions business). Restructuring charges associated with employee 
severance and termination benefits are paid over the severance period granted to each employee or on a lump sum basis in accordance 
with individual severance agreements. As of September 30, 2012, approximately 800 of the employees have been separated from the 
Company pursuant to the 2012 Plan. In addition, the 2012 Plan included nine plant closures (six for Automotive Experience, two for 
Power Solutions and one for Building Efficiency). As of September 30, 2012, two of the nine plants have been closed. The restructuring 
charge for the impairment of long-lived assets was measured, depending on the asset, either under an income approach utilizing 
forecasted discounted cash flows or a market approach utilizing an appraisal to determine  

94  

   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
     
     
     
     
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
     
 
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

fair values of the impairment assets. Refer to Note 16, “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,” of the notes to consolidated financial 
statements for further information regarding the impairment of long-lived assets.  

Company management closely monitors its overall cost structure and continually analyzes each of its businesses for opportunities to 
consolidate current operations, improve operating efficiencies and locate facilities in low cost countries in close proximity to customers. 
This ongoing analysis includes a review of its manufacturing, engineering and purchasing operations, as well as the overall global 
footprint for all its businesses. Because of the importance of new vehicle sales by major automotive manufacturers to operations, the 
Company is affected by the general business conditions in this industry. Future adverse developments in the automotive industry could 
impact the Company’s liquidity position, lead to impairment charges and/or require additional restructuring of its operations.  

16. 

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS 

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. The Company conducts its long-lived asset impairment analyses in accordance with ASC 360-10-15, 
“Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” ASC 360-10-15 requires the Company to group assets and liabilities at the lowest level 
for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities and evaluate the asset group 
against the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows. If the undiscounted cash flows do not indicate the carrying amount of the asset 
group is recoverable, an impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair 
value based on discounted cash flow analysis or appraisals.  

In the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2012, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for 
certain of its long-lived assets in conjunction with its 2012 restructuring plan. In addition, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the 
Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment for certain of its long-lived assets due to volume 
declines in the European automotive markets. As a result, the Company reviewed the long-lived assets for impairment and recorded a $39 
million impairment charge within restructuring costs on the consolidated statement of income, of which $3 million was recorded in the 
third quarter and $36 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. Of the total impairment charge, $14 million related to the Power 
Solutions segment, $11 million related to the Automotive Experience Europe segment, $4 million related to the Building Efficiency Other 
segment and $10 million related to corporate assets. Refer to Note 15, “Significant Restructuring Costs,” of the notes to consolidated 
financial statements for further information regarding the 2012 Plan. The impairment was measured, depending on the asset, either under 
an income approach utilizing forecasted discounted cash flows or a market approach utilizing an appraisal to determine fair values of the 
impairment assets. These methods are consistent with the methods the Company employed in prior periods to value other long-lived 
assets. The inputs utilized in the analyses are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, “Fair 
Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to an equity investment. Refer to Note 10, “Fair 
Value Measurements,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.  

At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company concluded it did not have any other triggering events requiring assessment of impairment 
of its long-lived assets. Refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements 
for discussion of the Company’s goodwill impairment testing.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment of its long-lived 
assets due to the planned relocation of a plant in Japan in the Automotive Experience Asia segment. As a result, the Company reviewed 
its long-lived assets for impairment and recorded an $11 million impairment charge within cost of sales in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2010 related to the Automotive Experience Asia segment. The impairment was measured under a market approach utilizing an appraisal. 
The inputs utilized in the analysis are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, “Fair Value 
Measurements and Disclosures.”  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment of its long-lived 
assets due to the planned relocation of its headquarters building in Japan in the Automotive Experience Asia segment. As a result, the 
Company reviewed its long-lived assets for impairment and recorded an $11 million impairment charge within selling, general and 
administrative expenses in the third quarter of fiscal 2010 related to the Automotive Experience Asia segment. The impairment was 
measured under a market approach utilizing an appraisal. The inputs utilized in the analysis are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair 
value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  

95  

   
   
Table of Contents  

In the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company concluded it had a triggering event requiring assessment of impairment of its long-
lived assets due to planned plant closures for the Automotive Experience North America segment. These closures are a result of the 
Company’s revised restructuring actions to the 2008 restructuring plan. As a result, the Company reviewed its long-lived assets for 
impairment and recorded a $19 million impairment charge in the second quarter of fiscal 2010 related to the Automotive Experience 
North America segment. This impairment charge was offset by a decrease in the Company’s restructuring reserve related to the 2008 
restructuring plan due to lower employee severance and termination benefit cash payments than previously expected. The impairment 
was measured under an income approach utilizing forecasted discounted cash flows to determine the fair value of the impaired assets. 
This method is consistent with the method the Company has employed in prior periods to value other long-lived assets. The inputs 
utilized in the discounted cash flow analysis are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy as defined in ASC 820, “Fair 
Value Measurements and Disclosures.”  

17. 

INCOME TAXES 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company changed its accounting policy for recognizing pension and postretirement benefit 
expenses. Certain amounts have been revised to reflect the retrospective application of this accounting policy change. The $691 million 
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of September 30, 2009 was net of a tax benefit of $411 million. Refer to Note 1, 
“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements for further details surrounding this 
accounting policy change.  

The more significant components of the Company’s income tax provision from continuing operations are as follows (in millions):  

Tax expense at federal statutory rate  
State income taxes, net of federal benefit  
Foreign income tax expense at different rates and foreign losses without tax 

benefits  

U.S. tax on foreign income  
Reserve and valuation allowance adjustments  
Medicare Part D  
U.S. credits and incentives  
Other  

Provision for income taxes  

Year Ended September 30, 

2012       
$ 557      
   20      

  (300 )    
   (20 )    
   13      
   —        
   (13 )    
   (20 )    

2011       
$ 626     
   (10 )    

  (351 )    
   28     
   (30 )    
   —        
(7 )    
1     

2010    
$ 528   
   28   

  (311 )  
(3 )  
  (138 )  
   16   
(3 )  
   10   

$ 237      

$ 257     

$ 127   

The effective rate is below the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to continuing global tax planning initiatives and income in certain non-
U.S. jurisdictions with a rate of tax lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate.  

Valuation Allowances  

The Company reviews the realizability of its deferred tax asset valuation allowances on a quarterly basis, or whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that a review is required. In determining the requirement for a valuation allowance, the historical and projected 
financial results of the legal entity or consolidated group recording the net deferred tax asset are considered, along with any other positive 
or negative evidence. Since future financial results may differ from previous estimates, periodic adjustments to the Company’s valuation 
allowances may be necessary.  

In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded an overall increase to its valuation allowances of $47 million primarily due to a discrete period 
income tax adjustment in the fourth quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company performed an analysis related to the 
realizability of its worldwide deferred tax assets. As a result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative 
evidence, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that deferred tax assets within Power Solutions in China would not be 
utilized. Therefore, the Company recorded a $35 million valuation allowance in the three month period ended September 30, 2012.  

In fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a decrease to its valuation allowances primarily due to a $30 million discrete period income tax 
adjustment in the fourth quarter. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company performed an analysis related to the realizability of its 
worldwide deferred tax assets. As a result, and after considering tax  

96  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

planning initiatives and other positive and negative evidence, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred 
tax assets primarily within Denmark, Italy, Automotive Experience in Korea and Automotive Experience in the United Kingdom would 
be utilized. Therefore, the Company released a net $30 million of valuation allowances in the three month period ended September 30, 
2011.  

In fiscal 2010, the Company recorded an overall decrease to its valuation allowances of $87 million primarily due to a $111 million 
discrete period income tax adjustment. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company performed an analysis related to the realizability 
of its worldwide deferred tax assets. As a result, and after considering tax planning initiatives and other positive and negative evidence, 
the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets primarily within Mexico would be utilized. 
Therefore, the Company released $39 million of valuation allowances in the three month period ended September 30, 2010. Further, the 
Company determined that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would not be utilized in selected entities in Europe. 
Therefore, the Company recorded $14 million of valuation allowances in the three month period ended September 30, 2010. To the extent 
the Company improves its underlying operating results in these entities, these valuation allowances, or a portion thereof, could be 
reversed in future periods.  

In the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets within 
the Slovakia automotive entity would be utilized. Therefore, the Company released $13 million of valuation allowances in the three 
month period ended June 30, 2010.  

In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets within 
the Brazil Automotive Experience entity would be utilized. Therefore, the Company released $69 million of valuation allowances. This 
was comprised of a $93 million decrease in income tax expense offset by a $24 million reduction in cumulative translation adjustments.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company increased the valuation allowances by $20 million, which was substantially offset by a 
decrease in its reserves for uncertain tax positions in a similar amount. These adjustments were based on a review of tax return filing 
positions taken in these jurisdictions and the established reserves.  

Given the current economic uncertainty, it is reasonably possible that over the next twelve months, valuation allowances against deferred 
tax assets in certain jurisdictions may result in a net increase to tax expense of up to $400 million.  

Uncertain Tax Positions  

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining its 
worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, 
there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by 
tax authorities.  

At September 30, 2012, the Company had gross tax effected unrecognized tax benefits of $1,465 million of which $1,274 million, if 
recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. Total net accrued interest at September 30, 2012 was approximately $72 million (net of 
tax benefit).  

At September 30, 2011, the Company had gross tax effected unrecognized tax benefits of $1,357 million of which $1,164 million, if 
recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. Total net accrued interest at September 30, 2011 was approximately $77 million (net of 
tax benefit).  

At September 30, 2010, the Company had gross tax effected unrecognized tax benefits of $1,262 million of which $1,063 million, if 
recognized, would impact the effective tax rate. Total net accrued interest at September 30, 2010 was approximately $68 million (net of 
tax benefit) .  

97  

   
Table of Contents  

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:  

(in millions) 
Beginning balance, September 30  

Additions for tax positions related 

to the current year  

Additions for tax positions of prior 

years  

Reductions for tax positions of 

prior years  

Settlements  
Statute closings  

Year Ended  
September 30, 2012      

Year Ended  
September 30, 2011      

Year Ended  
September 30, 2010   

$ 

1,357     

$ 

1,262      

$ 

1,049   

143     

36     

(58 )    
—        
(13 )    

150      

20      

(62 )    
(5 )    
(8 )    

253   

257   

(158 )  
(109 )  
(30 )  

Ending balance, September 30  

$ 

1,465     

$ 

1,357      

$ 

1,262   

In the U.S., the fiscal years 2007 through 2009 are currently under exam by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and fiscal years 2004 
through 2006 are currently under IRS Appeals. Additionally, the Company is currently under exam in the following major foreign 
jurisdictions:  

Tax Jurisdiction 

Brazil  
Canada  
Czech Republic  
France  
Germany  
Italy  
Mexico  
Poland  
Slovakia  

Tax Years Covered 

2004 - 2008 
2007 - 2010 
2007 - 2009 
2002 - 2010 
2001 - 2010 
2005 - 2009 
2003 - 2004 
2008 - 2009 
2009 - 2010 

The Company expects that certain tax examinations, appellate proceedings and/or tax litigation will conclude within the next twelve 
months, the impact of which could be up to a $200 million benefit to tax expense.  

As a result of certain recent events related to prior tax planning initiatives, during the third quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company reduced 
the reserve for uncertain tax positions by $22 million, including $13 million of interest and penalties.  

Based on published case law in a foreign jurisdiction and the settlement of a tax audit during the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the 
Company released net $38 million of reserves for uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties.  

As a result of certain events related to tax planning initiatives during the first quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company increased the reserve 
for uncertain tax positions by $31 million, including $26 million of interest and penalties.  

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company decreased its reserves for uncertain tax positions by $20 million, which was 
substantially offset by an increase in its valuation allowances in a similar amount. These adjustments were based on a review of tax filing 
positions taken in jurisdictions with valuation allowances as indicated above.  

Impacts of Tax Legislation and Change in Statutory Tax Rates  

The look-through rule, under subpart F of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, expired for the Company on September 30, 2012. The look-
through rule had provided an exception to the U.S. taxation of certain income generated by foreign subsidiaries. It is generally thought 
that this rule will be extended with the possibility of retroactive application.  

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012, tax legislation was adopted in Japan which reduces its statutory income tax rate by 5%. 
Also, tax legislation was adopted in various jurisdictions to limit the annual utilization of tax losses that are carried forward. None of 
these changes had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  

98  

   
   
   
  
   
   
  
     
  
     
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

On March 23, 2010, the U.S. President signed into law comprehensive health care reform legislation under the Patient Protection and 
Affordable Care Act (HR3590). Included among the major provisions of the law is a change in the tax treatment of a portion of Medicare 
Part D medical payments. The Company recorded a noncash tax charge of approximately $18 million in the second quarter of fiscal year 
2010 to reflect the impact of this change. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the amount decreased by $2 million resulting in an overall 
impact of $16 million.  

Continuing Operations  

Components of the provision for income taxes on continuing operations were as follows (in millions):  

Current  

Federal  
State  
Foreign  

Deferred  

Federal  
State  
Foreign  

Provision for income taxes  

Year Ended September 30, 

2012       

2011       

2010    

$ 118      
   12      
   313      
   443      

   119      
   21      
  (346 )    
  (206 )    

$  56     
   —        
   458     
   514     

   94     
(9 )    
  (342 )    
  (257 )    

$ 112   
   29   
   141   
   282   

   55   
2   
  (212 )  
  (155 )  

$ 237      

$ 257     

$ 127   

Consolidated domestic income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests for the fiscal years ended 
September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was income of $1,131 million, $1,012 million and $538 million, respectively. Consolidated foreign 
income from continuing operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 
and 2010 was income of $459 million, $777 million and $971 million, respectively.  

Income taxes paid for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $496 million, $384 million and $535 million, 
respectively.  

The Company has not provided additional U.S. income taxes on approximately $6.4 billion of undistributed earnings of consolidated 
foreign subsidiaries included in shareholders’ equity attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. Such earnings could become taxable upon the 
sale or liquidation of these foreign subsidiaries or upon dividend repatriation. The Company’s intent is for such earnings to be reinvested 
by the subsidiaries or to be repatriated only when it would be tax effective through the utilization of foreign tax credits. It is not 
practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognized withholding taxes and deferred tax liability on such earnings. Refer to 
“Capitalization” within the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of Item 7 for discussion of domestic and foreign cash projections.  

Deferred taxes were classified in the consolidated statements of financial position as follows (in millions):  

Other current assets  
Other noncurrent assets  
Other current liabilities  
Other noncurrent liabilities  

Net deferred tax asset  

99  

September 30, 

2012 
$  564      
  1,783      
(10 )    
(95 )    

2011 
$  558   
  1,855   
(4 )  
(56 )  

$ 2,242      

$ 2,353   

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Temporary differences and carryforwards which gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities included (in millions):  

Deferred tax assets  
Accrued expenses and reserves  
Employee and retiree benefits  
Net operating loss and other credit carryforwards  
Research and development  

Valuation allowances  

Deferred tax liabilities  
Property, plant and equipment  
Intangible assets  
Other  

Net deferred tax asset  

September 30, 

2012 

2011 

$  534      
   444      
  2,582      
79      
  3,639      
   (766 )    
  2,873      

   119      
   349      
   163      
   631      
$ 2,242      

$  793   
   390   
  2,314   
   103   
  3,600   
   (719 )  
  2,881   

   130   
   345   
53   
   528   
$ 2,353   

At September 30, 2012, the Company had available net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4.1 billion, of which $1.6 billion 
will expire at various dates between 2013 and 2031, and the remainder has an indefinite carryforward period. The Company had available 
U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards at September 30, 2012 of $1.1 billion, which will expire at various dates between 2016 and 2022. 
The valuation allowance, generally, is for loss carryforwards for which utilization is uncertain because it is unlikely that the losses will be 
utilized given the lack of sustained profitability and/or limited carryforward periods in certain countries.  

18.  SEGMENT INFORMATION 

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes the standards for reporting information about segments in financial statements. In applying 
the criteria set forth in ASC 280, the Company has determined that it has nine reportable segments for financial reporting purposes. The 
Company’s nine reportable segments are presented in the context of its three primary businesses - Building Efficiency, Automotive 
Experience and Power Solutions.  

Building Efficiency  

Building Efficiency designs, produces, markets and installs heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) and control systems that 
monitor, automate and integrate critical building segment equipment and conditions including HVAC, fire-safety and security in 
commercial buildings and in various industrial applications.  

• 

   North America Systems designs, produces, markets and installs mechanical equipment that provides heating and cooling in North 

American non-residential buildings and industrial applications as well as control systems that integrate the operation of this 
equipment with other critical building systems.  
   North America Service provides technical services including inspection, scheduled maintenance, repair and replacement of 

mechanical and control systems in North America, as well as the retrofit and service components of performance contracts and 
other solutions.  
   Global Workplace Solutions provides on-site staff for complete real estate services, facility operation and management to improve 
the comfort, productivity, energy efficiency and cost effectiveness of building systems around the globe.  
   Asia provides HVAC and refrigeration systems and technical services to the Asian marketplace.  
   Other provides HVAC and refrigeration systems and technical services to markets in Europe, the Middle East and Latin America. 

Other also designs and produces heating and air conditioning solutions for residential and light commercial applications and 
markets products to the replacement and new construction markets.  

• 

• 

• 

• 

100  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Automotive Experience  

Automotive Experience designs and manufactures interior systems and products for passenger cars and light trucks, including vans, pick-
up trucks and sport utility/crossover vehicles in North America, Europe and Asia. Automotive Experience systems and products include 
complete seating systems and components; cockpit systems, including instrument panels and clusters, information displays and body 
controllers; overhead systems, including headliners and electronic convenience features; floor consoles; and door systems.  

Power Solutions  

Power Solutions services both automotive original equipment manufacturers and the battery aftermarket by providing advanced battery 
technology, coupled with systems engineering, marketing and service expertise.  

Management evaluates the performance of the segments based primarily on segment income, which represents income from continuing 
operations before income taxes and noncontrolling interests excluding net financing charges, significant restructuring costs and net mark-
to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans. General corporate and other overhead expenses are allocated to business 
segments in determining segment income. Financial information relating to the Company’s reportable segments is as follows (in 
millions):  

Net Sales  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems  
North America Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

North America  
Europe  
Asia  

Power Solutions  
Total net sales  

101  

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 

2010 

2012 

$  2,389      
   2,145      
   4,294      
   1,987      
   3,900      
  14,715      

   8,721      
   9,973      
   2,640      
  21,334      
   5,906      
$ 41,955      

$  2,343      
   2,305      
   4,153      
   1,840      
   4,252      
  14,893      

   7,431      
  10,267      
   2,367      
  20,065      
   5,875      
$ 40,833      

$  2,142   
   2,127   
   3,288   
   1,422   
   3,823   
  12,802   

   6,765   
   8,019   
   1,826   
  16,610   
   4,893   
$ 34,305   

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Segment Income (Loss)  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems (1)  
North America Service (2)  
Global Workplace Solutions (3)  
Asia (4)  
Other (5)  

Automotive Experience  
North America (6)  
Europe (7)  
Asia (8)  

Power Solutions (9)  
Total segment income  

Net financing charges  
Restructuring costs  
Net mark-to-market adjustments on pension and postretirement plans  

Income before income taxes  

Assets  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems  
North America Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

North America  
Europe  
Asia  

Power Solutions  
Unallocated  
Total  

102  

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 

2012 

2010 

$  286     
   164     
52     
   267     
   141     
   910     

   487     
(52 )    
   368     
   803     
   854     
$ 2,567     

   (233 )    
   (297 )    
   (447 )    

$  247      
   121      
22      
   251      
   105      
   746      

   419      
   116      
   245      
   780      
   821      
$ 2,347      

   (174 )    
   —        
   (384 )    

$  206   
   117   
40   
   180   
   136   
   679   

   380   
   108   
   109   
   597   
   672   
$ 1,948   

   (170 )  
   —      
   (269 )  

$ 1,590     

$ 1,789      

$ 1,509   

2012 

September 30, 
2011 

2010 

$  1,326      
   1,523      
   1,234      
   1,316      
   3,947      
   9,346      

   4,254      
   6,742      
   1,757      
  12,753      
   7,242      
   1,543      
$ 30,884      

$  1,300      
   1,581      
   1,228      
   1,247      
   4,115      
   9,471      

   3,863      
   7,348      
   1,587      
  12,798      
   6,638      
769      
$ 29,676      

$  1,354   
   1,511   
   1,012   
   1,236   
   3,925   
   9,038   

   3,392   
   5,390   
   1,345   
  10,127   
   5,478   
   1,100   
$ 25,743   

   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Depreciation/Amortization  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems  
North America Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

North America  
Europe  
Asia  

Power Solutions  
Total  

Capital Expenditures  
Building Efficiency  

North America Systems  
North America Service  
Global Workplace Solutions  
Asia  
Other  

Automotive Experience  

North America  
Europe  
Asia  

Power Solutions  
Total  

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 

2012 

2010   

$ 

12      
25      
24      
19      
66      
   146      

   141      
   284      
39      
   464      
   214      
$    824      

$ 

10      
25      
18      
15      
69      
   137      

   138      
   254      
27      
   419      
   175      
$    731      

$  11   
   23   
   16   
   15   
   73   
  138   

  147   
  213   
   31   
  391   
  162   
$ 691   

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 

2012 

2010   

$ 

6      
25      
7      
38      
   103      
   179      

   232      
   463      
82      
   777      
   875      
$ 1,831      

$ 

6      
17      
32      
22      
91      
   168      

   210      
   383      
45      
   638      
   519      
$ 1,325      

$  14   
   32   
   17   
   13   
   43   
  119   

  123   
  225   
   38   
  386   
  272   
$ 777   

(1)  Building Efficiency - North America Systems segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $2 million of 

restructuring costs. 

(2)  Building Efficiency - North America Service segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $6 million of restructuring 
costs. For the years ended September 30, 2012 and 2011 North America Service segment income includes $1 million and $2 million, 
respectively, of equity income. 

(3)  Building Efficiency - Global Workplace Solutions segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $16 million of 

restructuring costs. 

(4)  Building Efficiency - Asia segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $1 million of restructuring costs. For the 

years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Asia segment income includes $3 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively, of 
equity income. 

(5)  Building Efficiency - Other segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $64 million of restructuring costs. For the 
years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Other segment income includes $23 million, $17 million and $2 million, respectively, 
of equity income. 

(6)  Automotive Experience - North America segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $14 million of restructuring 
costs. For the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, North America segment income includes $23 million, $20 million and 
$14 million, respectively, of equity income. 

103  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

(7)  Automotive Experience - Europe segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $145 million of restructuring costs. 
For the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Europe segment income includes $5 million, $7 million and $7 million, 
respectively, of equity income. 

(8)  Automotive Experience - Asia segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $2 million of restructuring costs. For the 

years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Asia segment income includes $185 million, $187 million and $132 million, 
respectively, of equity income. 

(9)  Power Solutions segment income for the year ended September 30, 2012 excludes $37 million of restructuring costs. For the years ended 
September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010, Power Solutions segment income includes $100 million, $62 million and $97 million, respectively, 
of equity income. 

The Company has significant sales to the automotive industry. In fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010, no customer exceeded 10% of 
consolidated net sales.  

Geographic Segments  

Financial information relating to the Company’s operations by geographic area is as follows (in millions):  

Net Sales  
United States  
Germany  
Mexico  
Other European countries  
Other foreign  
Total  

Long-Lived Assets (Year-end)  
United States  
Germany  
Mexico  
Other European countries  
Other foreign  
Total  

Year Ended September 30, 
2011 

2010 

2012 

$ 15,484      
   4,790      
   2,189      
  10,663      
   8,829      
$ 41,955      

$ 14,367      
   4,590      
   1,869      
  10,212      
   9,795      
$ 40,833      

$  2,521      
879      
588      
   1,557      
895      
$  6,440      

$  2,116      
864      
540      
   1,356      
740      
$  5,616      

$ 12,892   
   3,542   
   1,428   
   8,338   
   8,105   
$ 34,305   

$  1,573   
388   
464   
   1,071   
600   
$  4,096   

Net sales attributed to geographic locations are based on the location of the assets producing the sales. Long-lived assets by geographic 
location consist of net property, plant and equipment.  

Effective October 1, 2013, the Company reorganized its Automotive Experience reportable segments to align with its new management 
reporting structure and business activities. As a result of this change, Automotive Experience will be comprised of three new reportable 
segments for financial reporting purposes: Seating, Electronics and Interiors. This change will be reflected in the Company’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2012, with comparable periods revised to conform to the new presentation.  

19.  NONCONSOLIDATED PARTIALLY-OWNED AFFILIATES 

Investments in the net assets of nonconsolidated partially-owned affiliates are stated in the “Investments in partially-owned affiliates” line 
in the consolidated statements of financial position as of September 30, 2012 and 2011. Equity in the net income of nonconsolidated 
partially-owned affiliates are stated in the “Equity income” line in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended 
September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010.  

The following table presents summarized financial data for the Company’s nonconsolidated partially-owned affiliates. The amounts 
included in the table below represent 100% of the results of operations of such nonconsolidated partially-owned affiliates accounted for 
under the equity method.  

104  

   
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents  

Summarized balance sheet data as of September 30 is as follows (in millions):  

Current assets  
Noncurrent assets  
Total assets  
Current liabilities  
Noncurrent liabilities  
Shareholders’ equity  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity  

2012 

2011 

$ 3,339      
  1,648      
  4,987      

$ 2,501      
   553      
  1,933      
  4,987      

$ 3,000   
  1,120   
  4,120   

$ 2,188   
   378   
  1,554   
  4,120   

Summarized income statement data for the years ended September 30 is as follows (in millions):  

Net sales  
Gross profit  
Net income attributable to the entity  

20.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

2012 

2011 

2010 

$ 9,261      
  1,423      
   664      

$ 8,468       
  1,154       
   526       

$ 7,378    
  1,086   
   477   

The Company accrues for potential environmental liabilities in a manner consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States; that is, when it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability is reasonably estimable. Reserves for 
environmental liabilities totaled $25 million and $30 million at September 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company reviews the 
status of its environmental sites on a quarterly basis and adjusts its reserves accordingly. Such potential liabilities accrued by the 
Company do not take into consideration possible recoveries of future insurance proceeds. They do, however, take into account the likely 
share other parties will bear at remediation sites. It is difficult to estimate the Company’s ultimate level of liability at many remediation 
sites due to the large number of other parties that may be involved, the complexity of determining the relative liability among those 
parties, the uncertainty as to the nature and scope of the investigations and remediation to be conducted, the uncertainty in the application 
of law and risk assessment, the various choices and costs associated with diverse technologies that may be used in corrective actions at 
the sites, and the often quite lengthy periods over which eventual remediation may occur. Nevertheless, the Company does not currently 
believe that any claims, penalties or costs in connection with known environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the Company has identified asset retirement obligations for 
environmental matters that are expected to be addressed at the retirement, disposal, removal or abandonment of existing owned facilities, 
primarily in the Power Solutions business. At September 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded conditional asset retirement 
obligations of $76 million and $91 million, respectively.  

The Company is involved in a number of product liability and various other casualty lawsuits incident to the operation of its businesses. 
The Company maintains insurance coverages and records estimated costs for claims and suits of this nature. It is management’s opinion 
that none of these will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Costs 
related to such matters were not material to the periods presented.  

105  

   
   
   
   
  
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
     
      
  
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

J OHNSON CONTROLS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES  
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS  
(In millions)  

Year Ended September 30, 

2012      

2011       

2010    

Accounts Receivable - Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  
Balance at beginning of period  
Provision charged to costs and expenses  
Reserve adjustments  
Accounts charged off  
Acquisition of businesses  
Currency translation  
Balance at end of period  

Deferred Tax Assets - Valuation Allowance  
Balance at beginning of period  
Allowance established for new operating and other loss carryforwards  
Acquisition of businesses  
Allowance reversed for loss carryforwards utilized and other adjustments  
Balance at end of period  

$  89     
   47     
   (15 )    
   (42 )    
  —        
(1 )    
$  78     

$ 719     
  119     
  —        
   (72 )    
$ 766     

$  96      
   37      
   (23 )    
   (24 )    
4      
(1 )    
$  89      

$ 739      
   95      
   18      
  (133 )    
$ 719      

$  99   
   42   
   (24 )  
   (25 )  
4   
   —      
$  96   

$ 816   
   70   
   —      
  (147 )  
$ 739   

ITEM 9 

None.  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

ITEM 9A  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated 
the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluations, 
the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s 
disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing, and reporting, on a timely basis, information 
required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, and that information is 
accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such 
term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on 
the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission. Based on this evaluation, the company’s management has concluded that, as of September 30, 2012, the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting was effective.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

106  

      
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as of September 30, 2012 as stated in its report which is 
included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

Except as noted below, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended 
September 30, 2012, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting.  

The Company is undertaking the implementation of new enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems in certain businesses, which will 
occur over a period of several years. As the phased roll-out of the new ERP systems occurs, the Company may experience changes in its 
internal control over financial reporting. No significant changes were made to the Company’s current internal control over financial 
reporting as a result of the implementation of the new ERP systems during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012.  

ITEM 9B  OTHER INFORMATION 

None.  

PART III  

The information required by Part III, Items 10, 11, 13 and 14, and certain of the information required by Item 12, is incorporated herein 
by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (fiscal 2012 Proxy Statement), dated and to 
be filed with the SEC on or about December 10, 2012, as follows:  

ITEM 10 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Q: Where can I find Corporate Governance materials for Johnson Controls?,” 
“Proposal One: Election of Directors,” “Board Information,” “Audit Committee Report” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership 
Reporting Compliance” of the fiscal 2012 Proxy Statement. Required information on executive officers of the Company appears at Part I, 
Item 4 of this report.  

ITEM 11 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Incorporated by reference to the sections entitled “Board Information,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis,” “Director Compensation during Fiscal Year 2012,” “Potential Payments and Benefits Upon Termination or Change of 
Control,” “Johnson Controls Share Ownership” and “Shareholder Information Summary” of the fiscal 2012 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 12 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Incorporated by reference to section entitled “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” under “Proposal 
Four: Approve the Johnson Controls, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan” and the section entitled “Johnson Controls Share Ownership” of 
the fiscal 2012 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 13 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Incorporated by reference to sections entitled “Board Information - Board Independence” and “Board Information - Related Person 
Transactions” of the fiscal 2012 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 14 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Relationship with Independent Auditors” under “Audit Committee Report” of the fiscal 
2012 Proxy Statement.  

107  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

PART IV  

ITEM 15 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:  

(1) Financial Statements  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at September 30, 2012 and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010  

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. for the years ended 

September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

(2) Financial Statement Schedule  

For the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011 and 2010:  

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  

(3) Exhibits  

Page in  
Form 10-K   

52    

54    

55    

56    

57    

58    

106    

Reference is made to the separate exhibit index contained on pages 110 through 113 filed herewith.  

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes 
thereto.  

Financial statements of 50% or less-owned companies have been omitted because the proportionate share of their profit before income 
taxes and total assets are less than 20% of the respective consolidated amounts, and investments in such companies are less than 20% of 
consolidated total assets.  

Other Matters  

For the purposes of complying with the amendments to the rules governing Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned 
registrant hereby undertakes as follows, which undertaking shall be incorporated by reference into registrant’s Registration Statements on 
Form S-8 Nos. 33-30309, 33-31271, 333-10707, 333-66073, 333-41564, 333-141578, 333-117898 and 333-173326.  

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling 
persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC 
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that 
a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, 
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, 
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the 
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification 
by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.  

108  

   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
   
Table of Contents  

SIGNATURES  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to 
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC. 

By   /s/ R. Bruce McDonald  
  R. Bruce McDonald 
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Date: November 19, 2012  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below as of November 19, 2012, by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated:  

/s/ Stephen A. Roell  
Stephen A. Roell  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ R. Bruce McDonald  
R. Bruce McDonald  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

/s/ Brian J. Stief  
Brian J. Stief  
Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting 
Officer)  

/s/ David Abney  
David Abney  
Director  

/s/ Natalie A. Black  
Natalie A. Black  
Director  

/s/ Richard Goodman  
Richard Goodman  
Director  

/s/ William H. Lacy  
William H. Lacy  
Director  

/s/ Eugenio Clariond Reyes-Retana  
Eugenio Clariond Reyes-Retana  
Director  

/s/ Dennis W. Archer  
Dennis W. Archer  
Director  

/s/ Robert L. Barnett  
Robert L. Barnett  
Director  

/s/ Robert A. Cornog  
Robert A. Cornog  
Director  

/s/ Jeffrey A. Joerres  
Jeffrey A. Joerres  
Director  

/s/ Mark P. Vergnano  
Mark P. Vergnano  
Director  

Julie L. Bushman  
Director  

109  

   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Table of Contents  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Index to Exhibits  

Title 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Johnson Controls, Inc., as amended through January 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 1, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097). 

Johnson Controls, Inc. By-Laws, as amended and restated through January 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to 
Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 1, 2011 ) (Commission File No. 1-5097). 

Exhibit    

    3.(i) 

    3.(ii) 

    4.A    

Miscellaneous long-term debt agreements and financing leases with banks and other creditors and debenture indentures.* 

    4.B    

Miscellaneous industrial development bond long-term debt issues and related loan agreements and leases.* 

    4.C 

    4.D 

Letter of agreement dated December 6, 1990 between Johnson Controls, Inc., LaSalle National Trust, N.A. and Fidelity 
Management Trust Company which replaces LaSalle National Trust, N.A. as Trustee of the Johnson Controls, Inc. Employee 
Stock Ownership Plan Trust with Fidelity Management Trust Company as Successor Trustee, effective January 1, 1991 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.F to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 1991) (Commission File No. 1-5097). 

Indenture for debt securities dated January 17, 2006 between Johnson Controls, Inc. and US Bank N.A. as successor trustee to JP 
Morgan Chase (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-3ASR 
[Reg. No. 333-130714]). 

    4.E    

[RESERVED]. 

    4.F 

    4.G 

    4.H 

    4.I 

    4.J 

    4.K 

    4.L 

    4.M 

Supplemental Indenture, dated March 16, 2009, between Johnson Controls, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed March 20, 2009) 
(Commission File No. 1-5907). 

Subordinated Indenture, dated March 16, 2009, between Johnson Controls, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed March 20, 2009) 
(Commission File No. 1-5907). 

Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated March 16, 2009, between Johnson Controls, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as 
Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed March 20, 2009) 
(Commission File No. 1-5907). 

Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated March 1, 2012, between Johnson Controls, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as 
Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 1, 2012) 
(Commission File No. 1-5097). 

Officers’ Certificate, dated December 2, 2011, establishing the 2.600% Senior Notes due 2016, 3.750% Senior Notes due 2021 
and 5.250% Senior Notes due 2041 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 
8-K filed December 2, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097). 

Form of Corporate Unit (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed 
March 20, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5907). 

Form of Treasury Unit (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed 
March 20, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5907). 

Form of Subordinated Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A 
filed March 20, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5907). 

110  

   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

Exhibit    

    4.N 

    4.O 

    4.P 

  10.B 

  10.C 

  10.D 

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Index to Exhibits  

Title 

Officers’ Certificate, dated March 9, 2010 creating 5.000% Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to 
Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 10, 2010) (Commission File No. 1-5907). 

Credit Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2011, among Johnson Controls, Inc. and the financial institutions parties thereto 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 18, 2011) 
(Commission File No. 1-5907). 

Officers’ Certificate, dated February 4, 2011, establishing the Floating Rate Notes due 2014, 1.75% Senior Notes due 2014, 4.25% 
Senior Notes due 2021 and 5.70% Senior Notes due 2041 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 7, 2011). 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Common Stock Purchase Plan for Executives as amended November 17, 2004 and effective December 1, 
2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.B to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2004) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors, as amended and restated effective November 18, 2009 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.C to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2009) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Executive Survivor Benefits Plan, as amended and restated effective September 15, 2009 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.D to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009) 
(Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

  10.E    

[RESERVED]. 

  10.F    

[RESERVED]. 

  10.G 

  10.H 

  10.I 

  10.J 

  10.K 

  10.L 

Form of indemnity agreement effective October 16, 2006, between Johnson Controls, Inc. and each of the directors and elected 
officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.L to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2007) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Director Share Unit Plan, as amended and restated effective September 20, 2011 (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.H to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011) (Commission File 
No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.I to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009) (Commission File 
No. 1-5097).** 

Form of stock option award agreement for Johnson Controls, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 1, 2001, as 
in use through March 20, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed November 15, 2005) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. 2001 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended and restated effective September 20, 2011 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.K to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011) 
(Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Form of restricted stock award agreement for Johnson Controls, Inc. 2001 Restricted Stock Plan, as first amended March 21, 2006 
with effectiveness of August 1, 2006, and as currently amended effective September 20, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.L to Johnson Controls, 

111  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Exhibit    

  10.M 

  10.N 

  10.O 

  10.P 

  10.Q 

  10.S 

  10.T 

  10.U 

  10.V 

  10.W 

  10.X 

  10.Y 

  12 

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Index to Exhibits  

Title 

Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective March 23, 2010 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 
2010) (Commission File No. 1-5097) .** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan for Outside Directors, as amended September 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.N to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009) (Commission File 
No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Annual Incentive Performance Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report Form 8-K filed February 1, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-
5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan, as amended and restated effective November 17, 2009 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.P to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2009) 
(Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Compensation Summary for Non-Employee Directors as amended and restated effective January 1, 2012, 
filed herewith.** 

Form of stock option award agreement for Johnson Controls, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended September 16, 2006, as in 
effect since October 2, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.CC to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended September 30, 2006) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Long Term Incentive Performance Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 1, 2011) (Commission File 
No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan, amended as of September 20, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.U to 
Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Form of stock option award agreement for Johnson Controls, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan effective September 20, 2011 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.V to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2011) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Supplemental Agreement to the Employment Contract between the Company and Dr. Beda Bolzenius dated August 25, 2008 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.EE to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2008) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Johnson Controls, Inc. Executive Compensation Incentive Recoupment Policy effective September 15, 2009, as amended through 
September 25, 2012, filed herewith.** 

Form of employment agreement between Johnson Controls, Inc. and all elected officers and named executives hired after July 28, 
2010, as amended and restated July 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.Y to Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010) (Commission File No. 1-5097).** 

Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the years ended September 30, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, filed 
herewith. 

112  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Index to Exhibits  

Title 

Preferability Letter on Change in Accounting Principle, filed herewith. 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed herewith. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated November 19, 2012, filed herewith. 

Exhibit    

  18 

  21 

  23 

  31.1    

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 

  31.2    

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 

  32 

101 

Certification of Periodic Financial Report by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith. 

The following materials from Johnson Controls, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2012, 
formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, (ii) the 
Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of 
Shareholders’ Equity Attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, filed herewith. 

* 

These instruments are not being filed as exhibits herewith because none of the long-term debt instruments authorizes the issuance of debt 
in excess of 10% of the total assets of Johnson Controls, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Johnson Controls, Inc. agrees to 
furnish a copy of each agreement to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. 

**  Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan. 

113  

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

COMPENSATION SUMMARY FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS  

Exhibit 10.Q 

Compensation for non-employee members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Johnson Controls, Inc. (the “Company”), 

effective January 1, 2012, consists of the payment for the Company’s fiscal year of:  

(i) a retainer at the annual rate of $240,000 to each non-employee director in the form of $110,000 in cash and $130,000 in common 

stock of the Company (the “Retainer”),  

(ii) a Committee Chair fee at the annual rate of $25,000 in cash to each non-employee chair and successor chair for the Audit, 

Corporate Governance, Nominating and Compensation Committees of the Board (the “Committee Chair Fee”), and  

(iii) a Lead Director fee at the annual rate of $25,000 in cash to a non-employee lead director and successor lead director providing 

that the non-employee director is not subject to a Committee Chair Fee as described above.  

Payment of Common Stock Portion of the Retainer . The Company will pay the common stock portion of the Retainer on the date 

of the annual shareholders meeting to each director then in office, subject to the following:  

• 

   If a director is retiring from the Board as of the date of such annual shareholders meeting, then the director will be entitled to receive 

common stock with an aggregate value equal to (x) the number of days that have elapsed from October 1 of the fiscal year in question to 
the date of the annual shareholders meeting divided by (y) 365, multiplied by $130,000;  
   If a director is newly elected at the annual shareholders meeting, or was appointed as a director on or after the October 1 of the fiscal year 

• 

in question, then the director will be entitled to receive common stock with an aggregate value equal to (x) the number of days in the 
period from the effective date of the director’s appointment or election to the Board through September 30 of the fiscal year in question 
divided by (y) 365, multiplied by $130,000.  

If a director is newly appointed or elected to the Board after the annual shareholders meeting in the fiscal year in question, then the 
director will be entitled to receive upon the effective date of his or her appointment or election common stock with an aggregate value equal to 
(x) the number of days in the period from the effective date of the director’s appointment or election through September 30 of the fiscal year in 
question divided by (y) 365, multiplied by $130,000.  

If a director retires from the Board either on October 1 or after October 1 of the fiscal year in question but prior to the annual 

shareholders meeting in such fiscal year, then the director will be entitled to receive upon the effective date of his or her date of retirement 
common stock with an aggregate value of (x) the number of days that have elapsed from October 1 of the fiscal year in question to the date of 
the director’s retirement divided by (y) 365, multiplied by $130,000.  

Payment of the Cash Portion of the Retainer and Committee Chair or Lead Director Fee . The Company will pay the cash portion of 

the Retainer and the Committee Chair or Lead Director Fee in the form of a quarterly payment ($27,500 per quarter for the cash portion of the 
Retainer and $6,250 per quarter for the Committee Chair or Lead Director Fee) in advance on the first business day of each quarter  

   
   
to each director then in office. If a director is either elected or appointed to the Board or is appointed as a Committee Chair (or successor to a 
Committee Chair) or Lead Director (or successor to a Lead Director) at any time during the fiscal year after the first business day of a quarter, 
then such director will receive upon the effective date of such election or appointment, for the quarter in which such election or appointment is 
effective, a prorated amount of the cash portion of the Retainer and/or any Committee Chair or Lead Director Fee with such amount to be 
determined in the manner set forth below:  

• 

• 

   Cash portion of Retainer : The director shall receive a cash amount equal to (x) the number of days from the effective date of the 
appointment or election to the first day of the next quarter divided by (y) 90, multiplied by $27,500; and  
   Committee Chair or Lead Director Fee : The director shall receive a cash amount equal to (x) the number of days from the effective date 
of the appointment or election to the first day of the next quarter divided by (y) 90, multiplied by $6,250.  

The Company will not pay any fees for attendance at meetings of the Board or any committee.  

All shares of stock to be issued to directors as contemplated above will be issued pursuant to the 2003 Director Stock Plan.  

Non-employee directors are permitted to defer all or any part of their Retainer and Committee Chair Fees under the Johnson 

Controls, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Certain Directors.  

The Company will also reimburse non-employee directors for any expenses related to their service on the Board.  

2  

   
   
   
Exhibit 10.X 

Executive Compensation Incentive Recoupment Policy  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION INCENTIVE RECOUPMENT POLICY  

I. Scope of this Policy. This policy applies to all performance incentives awarded on or after September 15, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) to all 
persons (“Covered Recipients”) who, at the time of such award, are Section 16(b) officers of Johnson Controls, Inc. (the “Company”) elected 
by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). Performance incentives awarded prior to the Effective Date are not subject to this 
policy, but remain subject to the Company’s ability to recover amounts pursuant to applicable legal or equitable remedies under state and 
federal law.  

For purposes of this policy, “performance incentive” means any compensation payable in cash tied to performance metrics that is intended to 
serve as incentive for performance to occur over a period of a year or more and any performance units granted under the Company’s 2012 
Omnibus Incentive Plan, whether settled in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock (“Shares”) or a combination thereof. A performance 
incentive is “awarded” on the date the Company grants the award, not on the date the award amount is ultimately determined or paid.  

While in effect, this policy overrides any contrary provisions of any compensation plans or arrangements that the Company adopted or 
implemented before the Effective Date and any such plans or arrangements subsequently adopted or implemented, as well as any contrary 
provisions in any award agreements under such plans or arrangements.  

The Company may recoup incentive compensation under this policy regardless of whether the Covered Recipient who received the 
compensation that is subject to recoupment is still employed by the Company or an affiliate on the date reimbursement or other payment is 
required.  

II. Recoupment of Incentive Compensation. All performance incentives awarded after the Effective Date are subject to recoupment under this 
policy. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) will, unless prohibited by applicable law, require reimbursement from 
any Covered Recipient of (a) an amount equal to the amount of any overpayment of any such incentive paid to such Covered Recipient or 
(b) any excess number of Shares delivered to such Covered Recipient (or the fair market value of such excess number of Shares), with respect 
to a performance period if the following conditions are met:  

• 

• 

• 

   The payment or the delivery of Shares was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results with respect to the applicable 
performance period that were subsequently the subject of a material restatement other than a restatement due to changes in accounting 
policy;  
   In the Committee’s view the Covered Recipient engaged in conduct that caused or partially caused the need for the restatement; and  
   A lower payment would have been made, or fewer Shares delivered, to the Covered Recipient based upon the restated financial results.  

      
   
   
   
The amount required to be reimbursed shall be, in the case of a performance incentive payable in cash, the excess of the gross incentive 
payment made over the gross payment that would have been made if the original payment had been determined based on the restated financial 
results or, in the case of a performance unit payable in Shares, the excess number of Shares delivered over the number of Shares that would 
have been delivered if the original number had been determined based on the restated financial results (or a cash amount equal to the fair 
market value of such excess number of Shares at the time of the reimbursement).  

Unless prohibited by applicable law, the Company will also be entitled to, and the Committee will seek, payment by the Covered Recipient of 
(i) a reasonable rate of interest on any incentive that becomes subject to reimbursement under this policy and (ii) the costs of collection.  

Following any accounting restatement that the Company is required to prepare due to its material noncompliance, as a result of misconduct, 
with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the Company will also seek to recover any compensation received by its 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that is required to be reimbursed under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

The Company will determine, in its sole discretion, the method for obtaining reimbursement and other payment from the Covered Recipient, 
which may include, but is not limited to: (i) by offsetting the amount from any compensation owed by the Company to the Covered Recipient 
(including without limitation amounts payable under a deferred compensation plan at such time as is permitted by Section 409A of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), (ii) by reducing or eliminating future salary increases, cash incentive awards or equity awards, or (iii) by 
requiring the Covered Recipient to pay the amount or deliver an amount of Shares to the Company upon its written demand for such payment 
or delivery of Shares.  

III. Administration of this Policy. The Committee will have sole discretion in making all determinations under this policy, including whether 
the conduct of a Covered Recipient has or has not caused or partially caused the need for a restatement.  

IV. Binding on Successors. The terms of this policy shall be binding upon and enforceable against the Covered Recipients and their heirs, 
executors, administrators and legal representatives.  

V. Amendment of this Policy. The Committee and the Board, in their discretion, may modify or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the 
provisions of this policy, and may suspend this policy from time to time.  

VI. Governing Law. This policy and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal 
laws of the State of Wisconsin, excluding any choice of law rules that may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.  

*    *    *  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES  

EXHIBIT 12 

The following table shows our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 
2008. Certain amounts have been revised to reflect the retrospective application of the Company’s accounting policy change for 
recognizing pension and postretirement benefit expense.  

2012 

Year Ended September 30, 
2010 

2011 

2009       

2008 

(Dollars in millions) 
Net income (loss) attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc.  
Provision for income taxes  
Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests  
(Income) loss from equity affiliates  
Distributed income of equity affiliates  
Amortization of previously capitalized interest  
Fixed charges less capitalized interest  

Earnings  

Fixed charges:  
Interest incurred and amortization of debt expense  
Estimated portion of interest in rent expense  

Fixed charges  

Less: Interest capitalized during the period  
Fixed charges less capitalized interest  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges  

    $ 1,226      $ 1,415      $ 1,307       $ (681 )     $  801   
   215   
       237     
24   
       127     
   (116 )  
       (340 )    
   101   
       190     
10   
9     
       409     
   409   
    $ 1,858      $ 2,026      $ 1,780       $ (130 )     $ 1,444   

   127      
75      
   (254 )    
   212      
11      
   302      

   257     
   117     
   (298 )    
   194     
10     
   331     

  (175 )    
   (12 )    
   77      
   158      
   11      
   492      

   141     

    $  313      $  224      $  193       $ 375       $  291   
   133   
       151     
    $  464      $  365      $  323       $ 509       $  424   
(15 )  
    $  409      $  331      $  302       $ 492       $  409   

   130      

   (17 )    

   134      

(21 )    

(34 )    

(55 )    

4.0     

5.6     

5.5      

*      

3.4   

*  The ratio coverage for the year ended September 30, 2009 was less than 1:1. The Company must generate additional earnings of $639 

million to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1. 

For the purposes of computing this ratio, “earnings” consist of net income attributable to Johnson Controls, Inc. from continuing 
operations before income taxes, income attributable to noncontrolling interests and income from equity affiliates plus (a) amortization of 
previously capitalized interest, (b) distributed income from equity affiliates and (c) fixed charges, minus interest capitalized during the 
period. “Fixed charges” consist of (i) interest incurred and amortization of debt expense plus (ii) the portion of rent expense 
representative of the interest factor.  

   
  
   
  
  
   
     
     
     
  
   
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
      
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
      
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
   
   
  
  
EXHIBIT 18 

November 19, 2012  

Board of Directors of Johnson Controls, Inc.  
5757 N. Green Bay Avenue  
Milwaukee, WI 53209  

Dear Directors:  

We are providing this letter to you for inclusion as an exhibit to your Form 10-K filing pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.  

We have audited the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
September 30, 2012 and issued our report thereon dated November 19, 2012. Note 1 to the financial statements describes a change in 
accounting principle for pension and other postretirement benefits. It should be understood that the preferability of one acceptable method of 
accounting over another for pension and other postretirement benefits has not been addressed in any authoritative accounting literature, and in 
expressing our concurrence below we have relied on management’s determination that this change in accounting principle is preferable. Based 
on our reading of management’s stated reasons and justification for this change in accounting principle in the Form 10-K, and our discussions 
with management as to their judgment about the relevant business planning factors relating to the change, we concur with management that 
such change represents, in the Company’s circumstances, the adoption of a preferable accounting principle in conformity with Accounting 
Standards Codification 250, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections .  

Very truly yours, 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 

   
Following is a list of significant subsidiaries of the Company, as defined by section 1.02(w) of Regulation S-X.  

JOHNSON CONTROLS, INC.  

Name 
York International Corporation 
Johnson Controls Battery Group, Inc. 

EXHIBIT 21 

Jurisdiction  
Where  
Subsidiary is 

Incorporated 
    Delaware 
    Wisconsin 

   
   
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 and Form S-8 listed below of Johnson 
Controls, Inc. of our report dated November 19, 2012 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of 
internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.  

EXHIBIT 23 

1.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-30309) 

2.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 33-31271) 

3.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-64703) 

4.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-10707) 

5.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-13525) 

6.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-130714) 

7.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-66073) 

8.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-41564) 

9.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-59594) 

10.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-117898) 

11.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-178148) 

12.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-111192) 

13.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-141578) 

14.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-57685) 

15.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-155802) 

16.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-157502) 

17.  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-173326) 

18.  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-179613) 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 
November 19, 2012 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT 31.1 

I, Stephen A. Roell, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Johnson Controls, Inc., certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Johnson Controls, Inc.; 

CERTIFICATIONS  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the 
period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 

supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 

most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: November 19, 2012 

   /s/ Stephen A. Roell  
   Stephen A. Roell 
   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CERTIFICATIONS  

EXHIBIT 31.2 

I, R. Bruce McDonald, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Johnson Controls, Inc., certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Johnson Controls, Inc.; 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to 
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the 
period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material 

respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 

supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under 
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c) 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 

most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent 
functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: November 19, 2012 

   /s/ R. Bruce McDonald  
   R. Bruce McDonald 
   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC FINANCIAL REPORTS  

We, Stephen A. Roell, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and R. Bruce McDonald, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, 
of Johnson Controls, Inc., certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:  

(1) 

the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2012 (the “Periodic Report”) to which this statement is an 
exhibit fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 
78o(d)) and 

(2) 

information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of Johnson Controls, Inc. 

Dated: November 19, 2012  

EXHIBIT 32 

/s/ Stephen A. Roell  
Stephen A. Roell 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ R. Bruce McDonald  
R. Bruce McDonald 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer